QUICK CHANGE & 9 REARS 1

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "QUICK CHANGE & 9 REARS 1"

Transcription

1 QUICK CHANGE & 9 REARS DIAGRAM Winters manufactures a complete line of Quick Change and 9 Rears (see 9 catalog). With two minute gear changes and over 65 ratios to choose from, the Quick Change obviously has differences. All Winters Quick Changes use spiral bevel ring & pinions It s the most efficient ring & pinion available. Pinion placement of a spiral bevel ring & pinion (see diagram ) uses less power, is more efficient and runs cooler than hypoid type. Hypoid ring & pinions create more sliding DIAGRAM 9 STYLE SPRINT CENTER 0 QC V8 8 3/8 QC action, increasing heat and power loss. Hypoid ring & pinions consume more power than spiral bevel ring & pinions. However, a FRONT QC 9 does not use quick change gears. Adding quick change gears virtually evens these numbers. For example: If your 5: ratio 9 hypoid uses hp, your 5: ratio Quick Change uses hp. When you factor in being able to fine tune your ratio, you can see more advantage. Depending on which Quick Change you use, drive shaft height will vary (see diagram ). However, compared to a 9 rear, these differences should only enhance drive shaft alignment NON QC and increase transmission seal life. Weights are comparable. You can expect 0-0 lbs. in a 9 depending on which housing, third member and spool are installed. A Quick Change complete with QC quick change gears installed varies between 00-5 lbs. A Quick Change may require more clearance than a 9 (see diagram ). Winters manufactures several different sized Quick Changes. If clearance is a factor, consider our Front Quick Change. This XTREMELINER QC option allows the use of a Quick Change without chassis modification. 8. ND GENERATION 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

2 BEARING INFORMATION Angular Contact Pinion Bearings (Option 8S-P) As an option, Winters builds what is referred to as low drag rears by substituting angular contact pinion bearings in place of our standard issue tapered roller pinion bearings. Be aware, angular contact pinion bearings have approximately 0% capacity compared to Winters tapered roller bearings. Frequent pinion bearing inspection will be required. Inspect pinion end play when changing Quick Change Gears. Grab top pinion shaft to make sure you have no in and out movement. If movement is present, make sure your pinion locknut is tight. Recheck if pinion end play exceeds.00. Replace pinion bearing pack. Angular Contact Carrier Bearings (Option 8S-CT) Considering flywheel and rotating weight, this assembly is the largest moving object inside a Quick Change (standard aluminum spool w/ 0 ring gear weighs lbs). Angular Contact Carrier (Differential) Bearings have similar capacity limitations. However, since the carrier rotates at much slower revolutions per minute, the bearing life is usually satisfactory in all but the highest horsepowered cars. These bearings need to be inspected every / season. Disassemble rear and inspect for excessive wear or cracking of the brass ball cage. If present, replace bearings and reassemble. What are the benefits of using Angular Contact Bearings in your new rear? Roughly 0 In-Lb less torque is required to turn the pinion on a new rear with angular contact bearings as compared to an equivalent new rear with standard issue tapered roller bearings. A new standard tapered roller bearing rear will require 30 In-Lb of torque to turn the pinion when you purchase it from the factory. When you race it one or two races, check it for drag. You will find it to be the same as an angular contact equipped rear, the difference being the roller bearings break in much like the rings in your engine cylinder. Because tapered roller bearings are over kill strength wise, they will carry load almost forever with out failure. The virtue of angular contact bearings is they have very low drag and are at their peak strength when new. In a rear end application they are being stressed to the max, well beyond their designed load carrying capability for durability. Because of the working environment in the rear end, they are over stressed and at some point will need to be replaced. The bottom line is that durability and reliability are at stake. You decide which is best for your application. EDM Ring Gear or Lightweight Ring Gear (Option 80-Ratio) Although ring and pinion life is not affected, lightweight ring gears have a tendency to work loose. Inspect every / season. Disassemble rear assembly and retorque ring gear bolts to 60 Ft-Lbs. If you find any ring gear bolts loose, remove bolts, clean and install using Red Loctite. Retorque to 60 Ft-Lbs. If you remove ring gear, make sure you mark the ring gear and carrier. Install at the same location. Tapered Bearing Low Drag Angular Contact Bearing WEIGHT SAVING OPTIONS Compared to Standard.86 Rear OPTION DESCRIPTION SAVINGS 8. Ring & Pinion 0.65 lbs Ring & Pinion 3.50 lbs 8-8S 8. Ring & Pinion, Short, nd Gen 3.80 lbs 86 Titanium Thru Bolts.35 lbs 830 Ultralight Aluminum Spool 0.65 lbs 88B Aluminum Yoke w/ Stainless Steel Sleeve.5 lbs 88 Gundrilled Lower Shaft.30 lbs 80- EDM Ring Gear, lbs EDM Ring Gear, lbs 80-V8 8 EDM Ring Gear,..5 lbs 896- O.D. 8 /8 Ring Gear,..0 lbs 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft 0.5 lbs 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 A Aluminum Locker Aluminum Locker 8 3/ Angular Contact Bearings...8 Assembly Options Axle Formulas Axles...85 Axle Tubes , 58 Axle Tubes & Bells...59 B Bell Components...50 Bell & Tube Assemblies...59 Bells Bell & Tube Thru Bolts...59 Brake Lining...8 Breathers... C Caliper Mounting Brackets...8 Camber Spec Info Center Components...6 Center Kits... Center Sections D Differentials Differential Components...3 Dimensional Data Drive Flanges...6- Drive Flanges, Wide 5...0, -5 Drive Line, Dirt Modified... Drive Shaft Components... F Frequently Asked Questions...0 G Gear Charts Gear Covers Gear Cover Components...5 Grease...95 H Hub Accessories, Wide Hub Assembly, GN Hub Assembly, / GN...8 Hub Assembly, /8 Wide Hub Assembly, 5 on 5 & 5 on 3/...60 Hub Assembly, Baby Grand...83 Hub Assembly, Pro Eliminator...80 Hub Assembly, Pro Eliminator /8...6 Hub Assembly, Superspeedway...9 Hub Assembly, Wide Hub Assembly, Wide 5 Front Kit... I Important Information...9 L Lockers Lower Shafts...3 Lug Nuts...8 M Master Cylinders...9 O Oil, Rear End Lube...95 Oil Circulators...3 Oil Screen...6 Options, Ring & Pinion...0 Options, Rear End Assembly Overhaul Kits... P Pedals Pedal Components Pinion Nut Assembly...38 Pump Assembly...3 Q Quick Change Gears Quick Change Gear Box, 0 Spline...00 Quick Release...9 R Rear, QC...-5 Rear, 8. Ring & Pinion Rear, Dirt Modified, 5 on 5 & 5 on 3/...-3 Rear, Front 0 QC...-5 Rear, Heavy Duty 0 QC...0- Rear, Mini 8 3/8 Non-QC...-3 Rear, 0 Non-QC...6- Rear, Sprint Center 0 QC...6- Rear, V8 8 3/8 QC...0- Rear, Xtremeliner 0 QC Rear Assembly Options Ring & Pinions...3 Ring & Pinion Options...0 Ring & Pinion Assemblies Ring & Pinion Components...38 Rotor Hats...8 Rotors...86 S Seal Plates...6 Set Up, Closed Tube 0 & Set Up, Non-QC Set Up, Mini 8 3/8, V8 &... Side Bells Side Bell Components...50 Side Tubes , 58 Spindles, /8 Aluminum Front... Spindles, Bolt On...5 Spools...3 Studs...8 Steering Quick Release...9 T T-Nut Kit, Rotors...86 Technical Information...08-, 9 Thru Bolts, Tube & Bell...59 Tools...95 Torsion Bars Torsion Stops...9 Track Star 0, Differential...6 Triple Track 0, Differential... Triple Track 8 3/8, Differential...30 Tubes , 58 Tubes & Bells...59 U U-Bolts...5 W Wedgelock 8 3/8, Differential...30 Wheel Studs...8 Wide 5 Drive Flanges...0, -5 Wide 5 Front Hub Caps... Winters Offset Track 0, Differential...8 Winters Track 0, Differential...8 Winters Goodies...96 Y Yokes Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

4 NEW PRODUCTS TON ALUMINUM WIDE 5 TUBE See page 5 for more details. Stainless Steel Sleeve (P/N 536) for increased tube life P/N 33 Aluminum Wide 5, Specify Length P/N 33L Aluminum Wide 5, XL, For Tube Length Longer Than 3 / Option 80-TON Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton Option / 80-TON Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton, One Side Only GOT FLEX? The larger outside diameter of the One Ton Spindle results in a 50% increase in spindle strength. This drastically reduces spindle flex. The free rolling bearing packs fit all Wide 5 Hub Assemblies. TON LOCK KIT 3 5 WALL THICKNESS COMPARISON TON WIDE 5 P/N 33 & 33L KIT P/N 59 Spindle Nut/Washer Kit KIT P/N 605-TON Aluminum Lock Kit w/seal Nut, Aluminum 309 Lockwasher 30 3 #0- x 3/8 BHCS 80 Tab Washer Seal 53 NOTE: Retaining Ring P/N 838 for Seal is not included. TON BEARINGS & RACES Ton Spindle Nut Socket P/N 5 Option 85-TON Wide 5 Hub w/ Ton Bearings, Races, Seal & Lock Kit 0.0 STANDARD 3/ TON WIDE 5 P/N 66 & 66L 0.30 Note: Bearing & Race are a set and can not be sold seperately. Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Inner 305 Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Outer 306 Option 9 Ton Bearings & Races Installed in Wide 5 Hub Retaining Ring P/N 60 VascoMax Lower Shaft P/N 5003-V Option 806-V 9.69 End To End 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

5 NEW PRODUCTS 5 TON STEEL WIDE 5 TUBE P/N 5 Spindle Sleeve, Ton Spindle, Wide 5 P/N 83 O Ring, Ton Spindle Sleeve P/N 55-TON Ton Spindle, Wide 5 P/N 55-TON Steel Wide 5, Specify Length Option 95 Piece Steel Tubes, Ton Option / 95 Piece Steel Tubes, Ton, One Side Only HEAVY WALL TUBE Option Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 0 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 3 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 6 lbs. per Side) Available for Wide 5, / GN and GN Tubes. When ordering, add option number to tube P/N. Example: 55-XXX (Specify Tube Length) + 95-XXX (Specify Tube I.D.) *Based off end to end axle tube. Weights will vary depending on length of tube & application. Option Tube I.D. Heavy Wall Thickness Tube I.D. Standard Wall Thickness ARP RING GEAR BOLT KIT KIT P/N 938 Option 9 Installed in Rear SPIRAL BEVEL GROUND RING & PINION The pit resistant, full radius ground tooth increases tooth strength in both the Ring and Pinion. Ground surface contact pattern makes it the most efficient Ring & Pinion ever offered! 8 GROUND RING & PINION Option Ratio Option Ratio 0 GROUND RING & PINION Option Ratio Option Ratio 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

6 6 0 SPRINT CENTER ASSEMBLIES P/N / GN P/N Baby Grand P/N 50 - Wide 5 P/N 580* - 8 Bolt P/N GN P/N Short Wide 5 P/N 80 - Super Speedway 6 BOLT COVER Option * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 5. These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K50).86 Ring & Pinion Standard Shown with Option 808, 85B & 886P THE MOST ADVANCED QUICK CHANGE AVAILABLE 0 RING GEAR - BOLT Often imitated, never duplicated! Winters 0 Sprint Center Quick Change is the best of the best! Factory built with the finest materials inside and out. This go to rear is the standard of the industry. Dollar for dollar, pound for pound, no other rear comes close! Available options provide combinations to suit many applications. Available in magnesium and aluminum. Order closed tube assembly part number with Option 833 to specify Sprint Center. Every Sprint Center rear is built with Option 80 Posi-Lock, Option 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing, and Option 85 3 Spline Aluminum Spool. DIMENSIONAL DATA Option 85-TIM Timken Pinion Cup & Cones The REM Process, used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear, also reducing oil temperature. Nothing comes close to being as friction free. P/N 88-RP (Ring & Pinion) P/N 88-LS (Lower Shaft) P/N 88-BRG (Bearings) OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly 806 Heat Treated Lower Shaft 80 Pump Assembly 8. Ring & Pinion 86 Titanium Thrubolts 833 Sprint Center, 0 Bolt Sprint Center, 6 Bolt 83 Heavy Duty Gear Cover 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing 868 Big Bearing Gear Cover 88B Aluminum Drive Yoke 88 HT Gundrilled Lower Shaft 899 Viton Seal, Seal Plate 886 Spread Bearing.86 Ring & Pinion 886R Reverse Rotation.86 Ring & Pinion 85.5 Ring & Pinion 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 85 Gear Cover w/ Int. Brg. Retainers 8S-P Low Drag Brgs, Pinion, Steel 85 Big Brg. Gear Cover w/ Retainers 85B Billet BB Gear Cover w/ Retainers 85-TIM Bearing, Timken, Cup & Cones 86 Gear Cover w/ Pump 868 Solid Seal Plate Series Yoke 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) *Spindles not included. See page 5. 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) 883 Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) 83-0 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 8-9) 836P Lightweight Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PMHD Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell, Perm. Mold 886P L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug (for pump use) TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 80-TON Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes, Ton 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

7 0 SPRINT CENTER #6 AN Fitting P/N Breather Assembly to be used with 6 Bolt Cover Option. Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8 NPT Thread 6 BOLT COVER 9/6-8 Thread /6- Thread In applications requiring solid seal plate order Option 868 (see page 6) In applications requiring less seal plate order Option /6-8 Thread Shown with Option 808, & 855PMHD PLEASE NOTE: 6 BOLT COVER AVAILABLE IN MAG ONLY. O 5/8- Thread Longer Thrubolts Available Option 89 6 Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only) Option 89L 6 / Thrubolt (specify qty., steel only) See pages 00-0 for Winters 0 Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See pages 3-5 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) * Aluminum Sprint Center Section 580 * Aluminum 6 Rib Right Side Bell 663-0B 3* Aluminum 6 Rib Left Side Bell * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool 503-A 5*.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 500 6* O Ring, 8 Rib Bell 03 6* O Ring, & 6 Rib Bell 03T * Seal, Side Bell 05 * Seal, Side Bell, Viton 83V 8* Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 9* Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials 309 9* Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 30 0* Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials 509 0* Shim Kit, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 595 Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear 85 3/8 Belleville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear /8 Recessed Socket Head Pipe Plug B Roller Bearing, Pinion Nose 33 5 Shielded Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft 339 6* Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 308 * Double Bearing Cup, Pinion Shaft 30 8 Bearing Washer Posi-Lock Nut, Pinion Shaft 685R 0 O Ring, Posi-Lock 5 Posi-Lock Retainer, Pinion Shaft 68 Retaining Ring, Pinion Retaining Plate, Pinion 696A Lock Tab /8-6 x HHCS, Retaining Plate Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) 8500 * Gasket, Gear Cover 69 8* Gear Cover, Less Bearings 6655HD 9* Ball Bearing, Gear Cover 5 30* O Ring, Bearing Cap 06 30A* Back-up Ring, O Ring 96 3* Bearing Cap 66 3* /-0 x SHCS /8-6 Aluminum High Nut 9AS 0 3 5/6 Diameter Ball, Gear Cover * 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud, Gear Cover Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 60 3* Standard Lower Shaft * Option, Gundrilled, Open Drive Lower Shaft Front Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft O Ring, Seal Plate 3 0* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.35 Seal 653 0* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.50 Seal 65 * Seal, Seal Plate,.35 Thin Seal 0 * Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T * Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V O Ring, Seal 3 Seal Plate,.50 Seal 508-0M 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 5* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 5* 3/8-6 x / HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 6* Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not used with 3533) 653 * Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series 5038 * Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 30 Series 5038B * Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 30 Series 5038AS * Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 3 Spline 5038AS-3 * Drive Yoke, Steel with Integral Spacer Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke /8- x HHCS, Drive Yoke 09Y 50* /6-0 x 5 / Thrubolt /6 SAE Flatwasher, Thrubolt 8 5 /6-0 Flanged Locknut, Thrubolt 0 53 /6- x / HHCS 5* /-3 Adjusting Screw, 8 Rib Side Bell 55 5* /-3 Adjusting Screw, & 6 Rib Side Bell / SAE Flatwasher, Adjusting Screw 6 56 /-3 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw 3 5 Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw * 3/8- x HHCS, Rib Side Bell * 3/8- x 3/ HHCS, 6 & 8 Rib Side Bell 09S 59 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 60 O Ring, Inspection Plug 5 6 Inspection Plug Inspection Plug, Side Bell O Ring, Inspection Plug, Side Bell 53 6 Top Mount Breather 966T 6 BOLT COVER 65 Magnesium Center Section K Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 5 6* O Ring, Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 8 6* Gasket, Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover #0- x / FHCS Bearing Retainer 69 Breather Assembly (Sold Separately) Steel Level Plug with O Ring 8S * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

8 8 8. RING & PINION IN A FULL SIZE 0 HOUSING ASSEMBLIES P/N / GN P/N Baby Grand P/N 50 - Wide 5 P/N 580* - 8 Bolt P/N GN P/N Short Wide 5 P/N 80 - Super Speedway To order any Full Size 0 Quick Change or Center Kit with an 8 Ring Gear add the following Options: ND GENERATION Option 8-8S. Ring & Pinion Short Option 833-8S Sprint Center Short 6 BOLT COVER Option 8-8S. Ring & Pinion Short Option 833-8S-6 Sprint Center Short Shown with Option 833-8S, 808, 85B & 855PMHD HARNESS THE POWER OF YOUR CRATE ENGINE 8 RING GEAR - BOLT LIGHT YEARS AHEAD OF THE COMPETITION! Want Real Low Drag? Stick This In Your Car! Although appearances may be deceiving, this full size quick change uses a New 8 Ring Gear that is 0% smaller and 0% lighter, reducing flywheel weight and unsprung weight. From a performance standpoint, this 8 Ring Gear will accelerate and de-accelerate quicker than a 0 Ring Gear. All cars will benefit, although lower horsepower cars can expect more gain than higher horsepower cars. All Low Drag Bearing & Seal Options Available! DIMENSIONAL DATA IMPORTANT Can be drilled & tapped for fill can. RIGHT SIDE Pinion Inspection Plug Fill until the oil runs out of plug. Breather Port #6 AN Fitting C L Make sure rear is level when checking oil. Oil level PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL Always maintain oil level at / (3.5 qt, 3.3 liters) below axle center line. Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly 806 Heat Treated Lower Shaft 8-8S. Ring & Pinion Short 86 Titanium Thrubolts 833-8S Sprint Center Short, 0 Bolt 833-8S-6 Sprint Center Short, 6 Bolt 83 Heavy Duty Gear Cover 868 Big Bearing Gear Cover 88B Aluminum Drive Yoke 88 HT Gundrilled Lower Shaft 899 Viton Seal, Seal Plate 80-V8 EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 85 Gear Cover w/ Int. Brg. Retainers 85 Big Brg. Gear Cover w/ Retainers 85B Billet BB Gear Cover w/ Retainers 86 Gear Cover w/ Pump 868 Solid Seal Plate Series Yoke 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) *Spindles not included. See page 5. 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) 883 Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) 83-0 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 8-9) 836P Lightweight Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PMHD Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell, Perm. Mold 886P L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug (for pump use) TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

9 8. RING & PINION IN A FULL SIZE 0 HOUSING 9 Ultralight Ring Gear EDM Option 80-V8 Weighs 5.5 lbs /8 NPT Thread #6 AN Fitting ND GENERATION SHORT GEAR CAVITY INCREASES FUEL CELL CLEARANCE / A 3 5 /6- Thread Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil BOLT COVER 9/6-8 Thread P/N Breather Assembly to be used with 6 Bolt Cover Option. 9/6-8 Thread Shown with Option 808, 833-8S-6 & 855PMHD NOTE: Aluminum spool shown is not included in center section kit. P/N 60 Aluminum P/N K60 Magnesium The center kit retrofits into all existing full size quick change rears. Use your tubes, side bells and quick change gears and replace your 0 ring gear with our new 8 ring gear, which bolts to your carrier (spool, Trackstar, Locker, etc.). See page for more details. 6 BOLT CENTER WITH PINION BEARING SUPPORT Option 939 The new Full Size Rear with 8 Ring Gear is no longer just for limited horsepower cars! The addition of a Pinion Bearing Support takes this rear to a whole new level. This dedicated Dirt & Asphalt Rear is only available for use with a 3 Spline Aluminum Spool. The Skull & Cross Bones 6 Bolt Billet Cover is a standard option on this new model. With the exception of being able to use a Differential in this rear, all current options are available. Aluminum Sprint Center Section 99 *. Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 65S 3 3/8 Recessed Socket Head Pipe Plug B Shielded Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 308 5A Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 5 6 Double Bearing Cup, Pinion Shaft 8 Bearing Race, Pinion 86 8 Bearing Washer Posi-Lock Nut, Pinion Shaft O Ring, Posi-Lock 55 Posi-Lock Retainer, Pinion Shaft 80 Lock Tab 0 3 Bearing Retainer 06 Lock Tab /8-6 x / HHCS Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) 8500 /-0 x / BHCS Bearing Retainer Ball Bearing, Gear Cover O Ring, Gear Cover 88 Billet Aluminum Gear Cover 83 3/8-6 Aluminum High Nut 9AS 0 3* 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud, Gear Cover /6 Diameter Steel Ball, Gear Cover Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 60 6 Standard Lower Shaft 95 Front Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft O Ring, Seal Plate 3 9* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.35 Seal 653 9* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.50 Seal 65 30* Seal, Seal Plate,.35 Thin Seal 0 30* Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T 30* Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V 3 O Ring, Seal 3 Seal Plate,.50 Seal 508-0ML 33 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 3* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 3* 3/8-6 x / HHCS, Seal Plate * Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not Used with 3533) * Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series * Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 30 Series 5038B 36* Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 30 Series 5038AS 36* Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 3 Spline 5038AS-3 36* Drive Yoke, Steel with Integral Spacer Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke /8- x HHCS, Drive Yoke 09Y 39 Inspection Plug O Ring, Inspection Plug 5 Top Mount Breather 966T 6 BOLT COVER Magnesium Center Section K068 3 Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 00 O Ring, Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 86 5 #0- x / FHCS, Bearing Retainer 6 Breather Assembly (Sold Separately) Steel Level Plug with O Ring 8S * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

10 0 HEAVY DUTY ASSEMBLIES P/N / GN P/N Baby Grand P/N 50 - Wide 5 P/N 580* - 8 Bolt P/N GN P/N Short Wide 5 P/N 80 - Super Speedway * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 5. These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K690).86 Ring & Pinion Standard FIRST RATE QUALITY & RELIABILITY 0 RING GEAR - BOLT Winters Heavy Duty 0 Quick Change assembly consists of Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bells and the Finned Deep Style Gear Cover. The Heavy Duty Center Section is standard in this package. Every Heavy Duty rear is built with Option 80 Posi-Lock, Option 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing, and Option 85 3 Spline Aluminum Spool unless otherwise specified. DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly 806 Heat Treated Lower Shaft 80 Pump Assembly 8. Ring & Pinion 86 Titanium Thrubolts 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing 88B Aluminum Drive Yoke 88 HT Gundrilled Lower Shaft 899 Viton Seal, Seal Plate 886 Spread Bearing.86 Ring & Pinion 886R Reverse Rotation.86 Ring & Pinion 85.5 Ring & Pinion 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 85 Gear Cover w/ Int. Brg. Retainers 8S-P Low Drag Brgs, Pinion, Steel 85-TIM Bearing, Timken, Cup & Cones 868 Solid Seal Plate Series Yoke 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) *Spindles not included. See page 5. 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) 883 Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) 83-0 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 8-9) 836P Lightweight Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PMHD Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell, Perm. Mold 886P L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) Option 85-TIM Timken Pinion Cup & Cones Pump Assembly P/N 5305 Option 80 (See page 3) In applications requiring solid seal plate order Option 868 (see page 6). In applications requiring less seal plate order Option Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

11 HEAVY DUTY 9 8 TORQUE SPECS Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs. Thrubolts-35 Ft. Lbs. Pinion Retaining Plate Bolts- 5 Ft. Lbs. Seal Plate Bolts-0 Ft. Lbs. Left Bell Adjuster Screw-Snug up, then back off / turn, use red thread lock on jam nut Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil O In applications requiring solid seal plate order Option 868 (see page 6) Aluminum Enduro Center Section Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) 3 0 See pages 00-0 for Winters 0 Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See pages 3-5 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions * Aluminum Center Section 50 * Aluminum Enduro Center Section 50M * Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Left Side Bell * Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Right Side Bell * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool 503-A 5*.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 500 6* Ball Bearing, Pinion Nose 3 * Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 308 8* Double Bearing Cup, Pinion Shaft 30 9 Bearing Washer Jam Nut, Pinion Shaft 503R Bearing Lockwasher 5056 Shielded Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft Retaining Ring, Pinion 500 Retaining Plate, Pinion 696A 5 Quick Change Gear Spacer /8-6 x HHCS, Retainer Plate 0 6 Lock Tab Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) * Ball Bearing, Gear Cover Gasket, Gear Cover 6 * Aluminum Gear Cover, Less Bearings 50HD 3/8 SHCS Pipe Plug B 3* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Gear Cover /8 Flatwasher 6 5* O Ring, Side Bell 03 6 Seal, Side Bell 05 * Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 8* Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials 309 8* Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 30 9* Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials 509 9* Shim Kit, Aluminum Spools & Differentials Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 60 3* Standard Lower Shaft * Gundrilled Lower Shaft Double Row Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft 3 33 O Ring, Seal Plate 3 3* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.35 Seal 653 3* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.50 Seal 65 35* Seal, Seal Plate,.35 Thin Seal 0 35* Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T 35* Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V 36* Seal Plate,.50 Seal 508-0ML 3 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 38* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Seal Plate * 3/8-6 x / HHCS, Seal Plate * Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series * Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 30 Series 5038B 39* Drive Yoke, Aluminum, 30 Series 5038AS 39* Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 3 Spline 5038AS-3 0 Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke 503 3/8- x HHCS, Drive Yoke 09Y Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear /8 Bellville Washer 85 * /6-0 x 5 / Thrubolt /6 SAE Flatwasher 8 6 /6-0 Flanged Locknut 0 /-3 Adjusting Screw 55 8 / SAE Flatwasher 6 9 /-3 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw 3 50 Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw /8- x HHCS, Side Bell /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 53 /6- x / HHCS 5 3/8 Hex Head Pipe Plug 55 Bearing Retainer /-0 x / BHCS * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

12 5 0N 5 & 5 ON 3/ DIRT MODIFIED QUICK CHANGE MODIFIED 0, 0 BOLT COVER ASSEMBLY P/N 5063-MOD - Aluminum P/N K5063-MOD - Magnesium * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 5. These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K690) TO COMPLETE YOUR ASSEMBLY ADD: () 80: 5 x 5 Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 80-50: 5 x 3/ Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 80-85: /8 Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 90: Platinum Series Upgrade () 88: Gundrilled Axle Upgrade See Page 60 for more information.86 Ring & Pinion Standard Complete Assembly Weighs 0 lbs. 6. oz. 0 RING GEAR - BOLT Assembly includes.86 Ring & Pinion, standard, 80 Aluminum Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly, 85 3 Spline Aluminum Spool, 833 Sprint Center, 0 Bolt, 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing and 886P 6 Rib Bell with Inspection Plug. Specify tread width and offset when ordering. PRO-MOD 0, 6 BOLT COVER ASSEMBLY P/N 5063-PROMOD - Aluminum P/N K5063-PROMOD - Magnesium * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 5. These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K690) TO COMPLETE YOUR ASSEMBLY ADD: () 80: 5 x 5 Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 80-50: 5 x 3/ Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 80-85: /8 Hubs, Rotors & Solid Axles () 90: Platinum Series Upgrade () 88: Gundrilled Axle Upgrade See Page 60 for more information.86 Ring & Pinion Standard Complete Assembly Weighs 9 lbs. 3. oz. 0 RING GEAR - BOLT Assembly includes.86 Ring & Pinion, standard, 80 Aluminum Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly, 830 Ultralight 3 Spline Aluminum Spool, Sprint Center, 6 Bolt, 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing, 886P 6 Rib Bell with Inspection Plug, 899 Seal Plate, Low Drag Viton, 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating, 88-BRG Low Drag REM Bearings, and 898 Low Drag Viton Seals. Specify tread width and offset when ordering. Add Option 95 for Bare, No Logo O Ringed Billet Gear Cover. ADDITIONAL WEIGHT SAVING OPTIONS Compared to a Standard.86 Rear OPTION DESCRIPTION SAVINGS 8. Ring & Pinion 0.65 lbs. 830 Ultralight Aluminum Spool 0.65 lbs. 88B Aluminum Yoke w/ Stainless Steel Sleeve.5 lbs. 88 Gundrilled Lower Shaft.30 lbs /8 Tubes/Hubs, 5 on lbs./rear Wall Tubing.00 lbs./rear 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft 0.5 lbs. 93 Scalloped 5 on 5 Drive Flange.00 lb. Assembly shown with Option 855PMHD Heavy Duty Permanent Mold 8 Rib Side Bells. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

13 5 0N 5 & 5 ON 3/ DIRT MODIFIED QUICK CHANGE 3 DOUBLE SPLINED AXLES Specify length when ordering. P/N 506 Solid, 3/ Spline P/N 506G Gundrilled, 3/ Spline Option 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft PRO-MOD ASSEMBLY 9/6-8 Thread /8 NPT Thread P/N 550 P/N 5038AS-3 P/N 503-UL Option 830 Ultralight Aluminum Spool /6-8 Thread /6- Thread Option 88 & 88B Gundrilled Lower Shaft & Aluminum Yoke w/ Stainless Steel Sleeve Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8- Thread 0 STANDARD PINION BEARING, BOLT P/N Ring & Pinion w/o Bearings P/N Ring & Pinion w/ Bearings P/N 5. Ring & Pinion w/o Bearings P/N 55. Ring & Pinion w/ Bearings Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing P/N 080M Heavy Duty Permanent Mold 8 Rib Left Side Bell Option 855PMHD P/N 8035 Level Plug /8- Thread O Ring P/N 806 P/N 363 Inspection Plug /6- Thread O Ring P/N 5 P/N 8A Aluminum P/N 8S Steel Level Plug 9/6-8 Thread O Ring P/N 805 P/N 083M Heavy Duty Permanent Mold 8 Rib Right Side Bell Option 855PMHD P/N Rib Left Side Bell Option 886P P/N 663-0B 6 Rib Right Side Bell Option 886P P/N 36 Inspection Plug 5/8- Thread O Ring P/N 53 * Aluminum Sprint Center Section 580 * Aluminum 6 Rib Right Side Bell 663-0B 3* Aluminum 6 Rib Left Side Bell * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool 503-A 5*.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 500 6* O Ring, 8 Rib Bell 03 6* O Ring, & 6 Rib Bell 03T * Seal, Side Bell 05 * Seal, Side Bell, Viton 83V 8* Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 9* Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials 309 9* Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 30 0* Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials 509 0* Shim Kit, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 595 Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear 85 3/8 Belleville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear /8 Recessed Socket Head Pipe Plug B Roller Bearing, Pinion Nose 33 5 Shielded Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft 339 6* Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 308 * Double Bearing Cup, Pinion Shaft 30 8 Bearing Washer Posi-Lock Nut, Pinion Shaft 685R 0 O Ring, Posi-Lock 5 Posi-Lock Retainer, Pinion Shaft 68 Retaining Ring, Pinion Retaining Plate, Pinion 696A Lock Tab /8-6 x HHCS, Retaining Plate Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) 8500 * Gasket, Gear Cover 69 8* Gear Cover, Less Bearings * Ball Bearing, Gear Cover 5 30* O Ring, Bearing Cap 6 3* Bearing Cap 66 3* /-0 x SHCS /8-6 Aluminum High Nut 9AS 0 3 5/6 Diameter Ball, Gear Cover * 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud, Gear Cover Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 60 3* Standard Lower Shaft * Option, Gundrilled, Open Drive Lower Shaft Front Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft O Ring, Seal Plate 3 0* Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.50 Seal 65 * Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T * Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V O Ring, Seal 3 Seal Plate,.50 Seal 508-0M 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 5* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 5* 3/8-6 x / HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 6* Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not used with 3533) 653 * Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series 5038 * Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 30 Series 5038B * Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 30 Series 5038AS * Drive Yoke, Billet Aluminum, 3 Spline 5038AS-3 * Drive Yoke, Steel with Integral Spacer Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke /8- x HHCS, Drive Yoke 09Y 50* /6-0 x 5 / Thrubolt /6 SAE Flatwasher, Thrubolt 8 5 /6-0 Flanged Locknut, Thrubolt 0 53 /6- x / HHCS 5* /-3 Adjusting Screw, 8 Rib Side Bell 55 5* /-3 Adjusting Screw, & 6 Rib Side Bell / SAE Flatwasher, Adjusting Screw 6 56 /-3 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw 3 5 Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw * 3/8- x HHCS, Rib Side Bell * 3/8- x 3/ HHCS, 6 & 8 Rib Side Bell 09S 59 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 60 O Ring, Inspection Plug 5 6 Inspection Plug Inspection Plug, Side Bell O Ring, Inspection Plug, Side Bell 53 6 Top Mount Breather 966T PRO-MOD ASSEMBLY 65 Magnesium Center Section K Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 5 6* O Ring, Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover 8 6* Gasket, Billet Aluminum 6 Bolt Gear Cover #0- x / FHCS Bearing Retainer 69 Breather Assembly (Sold Separately) Steel Level Plug with O Ring 8S * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

14 FRONT QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES P/N K / GN P/N K Baby Grand P/N K Wide 5 P/N K580+83* - 8 Bolt P/N K GN P/N K Short Wide 5 P/N K Super Speedway IMPORTANT When ordering, Option 83 MUST BE ADDED TO P/N in order for your Quick Change to become a Front Quick Change. * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page Ring & Pinion Standard WINTERS... A HISTORY OF FIRSTS 0 RING GEAR - BOLT In some applications, quick change rear ends can compromise placement of the fuel cell. Consider the advantages of moving the fuel cell 6-8 forward in your chassis. Rear end overhang weight is shifted from the rear side of the axle to the front. This option allows quick change rears to replace Ford 9 rears without extensive chassis modification. Center section and gear cover assembly for this unit are only available in magnesium. Please Note: When ordering, right becomes left and left becomes right. DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly 80FQC Pump Assembly 8R Reverse Rotation. Ring & Pinion 86 Titanium Thrubolts 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 8S-P Low Drag Brgs, Pinion, Steel 85-TIM Bearing, Timken, Cup & Cones 86 Solid Lower Shaft Assembly 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) 883 Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) 83-0 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel *Spindles not included. See page 5. BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 8-9) 836P Lightweight Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PMHD Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell, Perm. Mold 886P L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) Option 85-TIM Timken Pinion Cup & Cones Pump Option Option 80FQC Thermal Dispersant Coating Option 808 While being /3 lighter than aluminum, magnesium acts as an insulator and holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very effective corrosion resistant coating helps cool your rear assembly by dispersing the heat, therefore resulting in cooler operating temperatures! 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

15 FRONT QUICK CHANGE 5 38A Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8 NPT Thread O TORQUE SPECS Threaded Ring Gear Bolts- 60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs. Thrubolts-35 Ft. Lbs. Pinion Retaining Plate Bolts-5 Ft. Lbs. Seal Plate Bolts-0 Ft. Lbs. Left Bell Adjuster Screw- Snug up, then back off / turn, use red thread lock on jam nut /6-8 Thread /6- Thread /6-8 Thread Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) See pages 00-0 for Winters 0 Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See pages 3-5 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions Pinion Nose Bearing 33 *.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Reverse Rotation 500R 3* Bearing 308 * Pinion Double Cup 30 5* Bearing Pinion Washer 5055 Pinion Nut, Posi-Lock 685R 8 O Ring, Posi-Lock 5 9 Pinion Retainer, Posi-Lock 68 0 Pinion Spacer 500 Pinion Retainer Plate 696A Lock Tab Screw 0 6 Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) Spacer 35 6 Bearing 33 3 Snap Ring Snap Ring * Pump Shaft 33 0 Bushing 3 /6 Core Plug 809 AN Fitting 8 3 Magnesium Center Section K50-FQC Pipe Plug 5* Pump Shaft, Fixed 3 6* Pump Gear, Lower 3 * Pump Gear, Upper 38 8* Pump Cavity Cover 36 9* Screw Bearing Front Seal 0T 3 Inspection Plug Magnesium Gear Cover K Flatwasher, Gear Cover HD 35 HHCS, Gear Cover #6 Port Plug 8S 3 Retaining Ring * Drilled Lower Shaft, For use with Pump 3 38A* Solid Lower Shaft 3S 39 Flange Yoke, Dana # Pt. Screw 5 O Ring 5 Heavy Duty Gasket 6-FQC 3* 3 Spline Aluminum Spool 503-A 3/8 Bellville Washer 85 5* Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear 85 5* Ring Gear Bolt, Non-Threaded Ring Gear 5 6 Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials 595 * Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials 309 * Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 30 8* Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 9* Seal, Side Bell 05 9* Seal, Side Bell, Viton 83V 50 O Ring, Side Bell 03 5 Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw 500 5* Magnesium H.D. 8 Rib Left Side Bell K /6 SAE Flatwasher 8 5* /6-0 x 5 / Thrubolt /-3 Adjusting Screw / SAE Flatwasher 6 5 /-3 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw 3 58* Magnesium H.D. 8 Rib Right Side Bell K /6-0 Flanged Locknut /8- x HHCS, Side Bell /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 6 /6- x / HHCS 63* 3/8- Locknut, Non-Threaded Ring Gear 908 6* O Ring, Pump Cavity Cover 6 65 /6- x HHCS 8 66 Press In Coupler Pump Coupler Pump Shaft 3593 * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

16 6 NON-QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES P/N / GN P/N Baby Grand P/N 0 - Wide 5 P/N 80* - 8 Bolt P/N 90 - GN * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page 5. These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K0) st Generation Only Available in.,.5 &.86 Ratios.86 Ring & Pinion Standard HIGH-TECH & HIGH RELIABILITY 0 RING GEAR - BOLT The Non-Quick Change is the lightest full size rear end assembly that Winters offers. There are 0 plus ring and pinion ratios to choose from (see below). Under extreme conditions a circulator and cooler may be required. Please Note: This assembly uses the same side bells as the conventional quick change, however, the side bells are rotated 80 forward. This will affect mounting brackets, etc., that are welded to tubes if changing tubes over from a Quick Change to a Non- Quick Change. DIMENSIONAL DATA Drive shaft needs to be /8 longer when switching from original st generation to nd generation. CENTER OPTIONS 8. Ring & Pinion, st Generation 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) 883 Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) Coupler Support 83-0 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel BELL OPTIONS (pgs. 8-9) 836P Lightweight Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug *Spindles not included. See page 5. Ball Bearing Support ASSEMBLY P/N 65 Option 898 Available for closed drive applications, Winters offers an optional 0-0 coupler support in a heavy duty ball bearing. Bolted on the front end of the Non-Quick Change center section, the housing will accept a standard torque tube and drive shaft. For 0 spline pinion. Available in.86,., and.5 only. OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug 855PMHD Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bell, Perm. Mold 886P L. W. 6 Rib Bell w/ Insp. Plug TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., 8 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) RING & PINION OPTIONS 8. Ratio 8. Ratio 88.8 Ratio 8. Ratio 85.5 Ratio 86*.6 Ratio 8*. Ratio Ratio 8500* 5.00 Ratio 85* 5. Ratio 858* 5.8 Ratio 8533* 5.33 Ratio 85* 5. Ratio 8550* 5.50 Ratio 8566* 5.66 Ratio 8583* 5.83 Ratio 8600* 6.00 Ratio 86* 6. Ratio 8633* 6.33 Ratio 8650* 6.50 Ratio 866* 6.6 Ratio *Available with Integral Flange Pinion Bearing (nd Generation). Please Note: Option 83 is not available on ratios 6.00 and higher. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

17 NON-QUICK CHANGE TORQUE SPECS Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut- 35 Ft. Lbs. Thrubolts-35 Ft. Lbs. Seal Plate Bolts-0 Ft. Lbs Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8 NPT Thread The REM Process, used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear, also reducing oil temperature. Nothing comes close to being as friction free. P/N 88-RP (Ring & Pinion) P/N 88-BRG (Bearings) Left Bell Adjuster Screw-Snug up, then back off / turn, use red thread lock on jam nut. P/N 503-UL Option 830 Ultralight Aluminum Spool a nd Generation O Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) See Pages for Options See page 6 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions * Aluminum Non- Quick Change Center Section 6559 * Magnesium Non- Quick Change Center Section K6559 * Aluminum Rib Left Side Bell * Magnesium Rib Left Side Bell K * Aluminum Rib Right Side Bell 669-0B 3* Magnesium Rib Right Side Bell K669-0B * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool 503-A 5*.86 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 500M** 6* Shim Kit, Aluminum Spool 595 Carrier Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spool 30 8* Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 9 Carrier Seal 05 0* O Ring, & 6 Rib Side Bell 03T 0* O Ring, 8 Rib Side Bell 03 * /6-0 x 5 / HHCS 6 /6 SAE Flatwasher 8 3 /6-0 Flanged Locknut Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear /8 Bellville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear /8 Socket Head Pipe Plug B 3 * /-3 Adjusting Screw, & 6 Rib Side Bell 69 * /-3 Adjusting Screw, 8 Rib Side Bell 55 8 / SAE Flatwasher 6A 9 /-3 Jam Nut 3 0 Thrust Block, Adjusting Screw 500 3/8- x 3/ HHCS, 6 Rib Side Bell 09S 3/8- x 3/ HHCS, & 8 Rib Side Bell /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 3* Ball Bearing, Pinion Nose 3 3* Roller Bearing, Pinion Nose 33 * Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 308 5* Bearing Double Cup, Pinion Shaft 30 6 Bearing Washer, Pinion Shaft 5055 Jam Nut, Pinion Shaft 503R 8 Bearing Lockwasher, Pinion Shaft a Bearing Lockwasher, Double Tab 36 9 Top Nut 3 30 Internal Snap Ring, Seal Plate O Ring, Seal Plate 8 3* Seal, Seal Plate Thick Shim Seal Plate K /8-6 x / HHCS /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 3* Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series * Drive Yoke, Steel, Threaded, 30 Series 5038B 38 Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke /8- x HHCS 09Y nd Generation Ring & Pinion 0* Ring & Pinion 35XXX** O Ring 90 Inner Bearing Cone 55 3 Pinion Bearing 569 Crush Sleeve 6 5 Outer Bearing Cone Seal 60 Drive Yoke 6 8 Pinion Nut * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. ** When ordering nd Generation Ring & Pinion add prefix 35 to gear ratio. Example P/N for 5.00 Ratio. See pages 33 & 3. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

18 8 XTREMELINER ASSEMBLIES P/N 80 - Super Speedway P/N 80* - Ford Big Bearing P/N 85* - Ford Big Bearing Style (Torino ) P/N / GN P/N 85 - / Wide 5 * Big Bearing Rears accommodate stock Ford 3.50 O.D. Axle Bearings Ring & Pinion Standard INSPIRED BY OUR PASSION FOR DESIGN 0 RING GEAR - BOLT We had the Bonneville Salt Flats in mind when we created this center section and side bells for our 0, 3.08 Ratio Ring & Pinion. Whether you are going for a land speed record or want a different ratio for the track, you will benefit from this Beefed-Up Center Section, Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bells with Inspection Plug, Heat Treated Lower Shaft, Spline Change Gears, Heavy Duty Super Cover and the Largest Size Pinion Gear ever in a Quick Change. DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 86 Super Gear Cover with Pump 899 Viton Seal, Seal Plate Ring & Pinion Ring & Pinion 8308RR 3.08 Ring & Pinion, Reverse Rotation 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft 93 VascoMax Lower Shaft DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 8-35 Steel 35 Spline Spool 85 Aluminum Spool (pg. 3) Aluminum Spool, 3 Spline,.00 Ratio Aluminum Spool, 35 Spline,.00 Ratio 8W Winters Track (pg. 8) 8W-00 Winters Track,.00 Ratio Only 830 Ultralight Alum. Spool (pg. 3) 8 Aluminum Locker (pg. 9) 8L L. W. Alum. Locker (pg. 9) Aluminum Triple Track (pg. ) 83 Track Star (pg. 6) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assy., & 6 Rib 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) *Spindles not included. See page 5. **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) Must use with Differential P/N 8W-00, or Dana Series 350 Yoke Thermal Dispersant Coating Option 808 Aluminum acts as an insulator and holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very effective corrosion resistant coating helps cool your rear assembly by dispersing the heat, therefore resulting in cooler operating temperatures! 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

19 XTREMELINER TORQUE SPECS /6 Ring Gear Bolts-80 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs. Side Bell Nuts-35 Ft. Lbs. Pinion Retaining Plate Bolts- 5 Ft. Lbs. Seal Plate Bolts-0 Ft. Lbs. Left Bell Adjuster Screw-Snug up, then back off / turn, use red thread lock on jam nut Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8 NPT Thread Note: Lower Shaft Must Be Pre-Assembled Before Installation See page 9 for Winters Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See pages 3-5 Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) Aluminum Center Section * Shim Kit, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 595 Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Left Side Bell Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft Aluminum Heavy Duty 8 Rib Right Side Bell * Lower Shaft Spline Aluminum Steel Spool 503-A 3* Lower Shaft, VascoMax V 5* 3.08 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft Front Cone O Ring, Seal Plate 3 Cup Retaining Ring, Seal Plate,.50 Seal 65 8 Pinion Bearing Carrier 30 35* Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T 9 3/8-6 x pt * Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V 0* Rear Cone * Seal Plate,.50 Seal 508L Pinion Nut /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 Roller Bearing, Lower Shaft 39 38* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Seal Plate x / BHCS * 3/8-6 x / HHCS, Seal Plate 0 6 Pinion Nut Retainer Drive Yoke, Steel Quick Change Gear Spacer 39 0 Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke 503 Washer /8- x HHCS, Drive Yoke 09Y 8 Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) 308 Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear 80 9 Ball Bearing, Gear Cover 8659 Stud Gasket, Gear Cover /6 SAE Flatwasher 8 * Aluminum Gear Cover, Less Bearings 50HD 6 /6-0 Flanged Locknut N 3/8 SHCS Pipe Plug B /-3 Adjusting Screw 55 3* 3/8-6 x HHCS, Gear Cover / SAE Flatwasher 6 3/8 Heavy Duty Flatwasher HD 6 9 /-3 Jam Nut, Adjusting Screw 3 5 O Ring, Side Bell Thrustblock, Adjusting Screw Seal, Side Bell /8- x HHCS, Side Bell 09 6 * Bearing Cup, Side Bell /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 8* Bearing Cone, Steel Spools & Differentials /8 Hex Head Pipe Plug 8* Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spools & Differentials 30 5 Snap Ring Retainer 393 9* Shim Kit, Steel Spools & Differentials Bearing Retainer /-0 x / BHCS * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

20 0 V8 QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES P/N V / GN P/N V Baby Grand P/N V Wide 5 P/N V8-580* - 8 Bolt P/N V GN P/N V Short Wide 5 P/N V Super Speedway * Spindles not included in rear assembly. See page Ring & Pinion Standard THE DIFFERENCE IS IN THE DETAILS 8 3/8 RING GEAR - 0 BOLT Winters Crate Engine V8 Quick Change gives a new meaning to low drag. Cast from 06 Aluminum (50,000 lbs tensile, 0,000 lbs yield, 0% elongation), this assembly features a 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion standard and an 8 3/8 Ring Gear which reduces flywheel and rotating weight. Max Rating: 500 HP, 3000 lbs DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS 806 Heat Treated Lower Shaft Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion 869. Ratio Ring & Pinion 88B Aluminum Drive Yoke 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 85 Gear Cover w/ Internal Bearings 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum 3 Spline Spool 85-8 Aluminum 8 Spline Spool (not for.) 8M-8 Billet Aluminum 8 Spline Locker 8M-3 Billet Aluminum 3 Spline Locker 883M Aluminum Triple Track (. Only) 89M-8 Wedgelock, 8 Spline (pg. 30) *Spindles not included. See page 5. 89M-3 Wedgelock, 3 Spline (pg. 30) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83-8 Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly, 8 Rib 838 Splined Tube 839** /8 Aluminum Tubes 863** /8 Steel Tubes Wall Thickness 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99** /8 Tetrad Tubes 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) **Order Option 9 ( /8 Spacers) Option 8M-XX This locker is a fully automatic locking differential. It delivers spool type traction on the straightaways yet automatically unlocks in corners. Available in 8 or 3 Spline. 58 Lb. springs standard. Other spring rates are available installed in your locker. See Page 9 Dana Series 80/30 Yoke 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

21 V8 QUICK CHANGE Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil /8 Ring Gear reduces rotating, flywheel & unsprung weight rib side bell increases cooling capacity & strength 3/8 NPT Thread WEIGHTS 58. lbs. w/ Spool 6 lbs. w/ Locker 68.9 lbs. w/ Wedgelock Less Tubes /6- Thread 3.8 Ratio Standard 9/6-8 Thread & 3/8 Wide QC Gears Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) See pages for Winters 6 Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See page Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions O Aluminum Center Section V8-5HD Aluminum Right Side Bell V Aluminum Left Side Bell V O Ring, Side Bell 5 5 Shim Kit, Aluminum Spool Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spool 30 Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 8* Seal, Side Bell 05 8* Seal, Side Bell, Viton 83V 9 3/8-6 x Stud /8 Belleville Washer /8-6 Nylon Locknut * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool * 3/8- Ring Gear Bolt * 3/8 Belleville Washer 85 0 * 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 68 3* Ball Bearing, Pinion Nose 39 Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 5 5 Flanged Double Cup, Pinion Shaft /8-6 x BHCS (Torx ) Bearing Washer, Pinion 68 8 Pinion Nut 68 9 O Ring, Pinion Nut Pinion Nut Retainer 68 3 Bearing Retainer 65 3 Gear Spacer ( Gears Only) 3 33 Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) /8 Wide Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) Gasket, Gear Cover Gear Cover #6 AN Port Plug 8S 3 3 Bearing, Gear Cover /8-6 Steel High Nut 9AS 0 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud /6 Diameter Steel Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft (Rear) 53 5 Retaining Ring, Rear Bearing Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 658 * Lower Shaft V O Ring 9 Bearing, Lower Shaft O Ring, Seal Plate 3 5 Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Thick Seal 0T 5 Seal, Seal Plate,.50 Viton Seal 0V 5 Internal O Ring, Seal Plate 53 Seal Plate /8 Flatwasher /8-6 x HHCS * Drive Yoke, Steel, 30 Series * Drive Yoke, Aluminum, 30 Series 5038A 5 Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke /8- x HHCS 09Y 59 3/8 Socket Pipe Plug B 3 60 Small Inspection Plug with O Ring O Ring, Small Inspection Plug /8 SAE Flatwasher /8- x 3/ HHCS 09S 6 6 Seal Plate Adapter /8-6 x 3/ pt * Spacer, Drive Yoke (Not Used w/3533) Gasket, Seal Plate 8 * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

22 MINI NON-QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES P/N 063M - / GN P/N 60M - Baby Grand P/N 0M - Wide 5 P/N 90M - GN 3.8 Ring & Pinion Standard QUALITY... PLAIN & SIMPLE 8 3/8 RING GEAR - 0 BOLT The Mini Non-Quick Change features an 8 3/8, 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion, 8 or 3 Splined Aluminum Spool and Rib Side Bells. Better for cars under 600 lbs and 550 HP. Center Section is available in aluminum only. Order Option 8 for magnesium Side Bells. DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear (specify ratio) 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum 3 Spline Spool 85-8 Aluminum 8 Spline Spool (not for.) 8M-8 Billet Aluminum 8 Spline Locker 8M-3 Billet Aluminum 3 Spline Locker 89M-8 Wedgelock, 8 Spline (pg. 30) 89M-3 Wedgelock, 3 Spline (pg. 30) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel TUBE OPTIONS 83 Turned Down Side Tubes 83* Alum. 8 Bolt Tubes (Thick Flg/Modified) 838 Aluminum Tubes w/ Steel Spindles 80 One Piece Aluminum Tubes 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 890* Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes 890A* Thin Flanged Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 / Wide 5 Tubes 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) *Spindles not included. See page 5. Thermal Dispersant Coating Option 808 While being /3 lighter than aluminum, magnesium acts as an insulator and holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very effective corrosion resistant coating helps cool your rear assembly by dispersing the heat, therefore resulting in cooler operating temperatures! Rib Bells Standard 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

23 MINI NON-QUICK CHANGE 3 The REM Process, used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear, also reducing oil temperature. Nothing comes close to being as friction free P/N 88-RP (Ring & Pinion) P/N 88-BRG (Bearings) O 9/6-8 Thread Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil See pages for Winters 6 Spline Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See page Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt With Flange Locknut Assembly Option 83 ( & 6 Rib) or Option 83-8 (8 Rib) * Aluminum Non-Quick Change Center Section V8-58 * Aluminum Rib Left Side Bell V * Aluminum Rib Right Side Bell V * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool * 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard 68 6* Shim Kit, Aluminum Spool 595 * Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spool 30 8* Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 9 Carrier Seal 05 0* O Ring, Rib Side Bell 5 Ring Gear Bolt, Threaded Ring Gear 85 3/8 Belleville Washer, Threaded Ring Gear /8- x 3/ HHCS, Rib Side Bell 09S 6 3/8 SAE Flatwasher 6 5* Ball Bearing, Pinion Nose 39 6 Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 5 O Ring 80 8 Spacer 95 9 Bearing Cup 59 0 Washer 6 Bolt 0 6 Pinion Nut 89 3 Seal 0 Snap Ring 65 5 Output Flange 5 6 Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke 503 3/8- x HHCS 09Y 8 Yoke Bolt Stud /8 Belleville Washer /8-6 Nylon Locknut #6 AN Port Plug 8S * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

24 QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES P/N / GN P/N 60 - Baby Grand P/N 0 - Wide 5 P/N 90 - GN P/N Toyota Style Tube Ends These assemblies are also available with magnesium castings. When ordering a magnesium assembly, add prefix K to the P/N (Example K60) 3.8 Ring & Pinion Standard HIGH PERFORMANCE REAR ENDS RING GEAR - 0 BOLT Who else but Winters. Quick Change Rear too big?... Not anymore! Completely designed from the ground up, Winters Quick Change is compact and strong. This assembly uses efficient Spiral Bevel Ring & Pinion, 3 Spline Aluminum Spool and / Steel Side Tubes. To you, it s more than just a race car, so get more than just a rear end. DIMENSIONAL DATA OPTIONS Options shown in Blue are Popular Options Options highlighted in Yellow are Low Drag Options CENTER OPTIONS Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard Ratio Ring & Pinion Ratio Ring & Pinion 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating EDM Ring Gear 86 Magnesium Center 88-BRG REM Bearing (# is per Bearing) 8 Yoke, 30 Series 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals DIFFERENTIAL OPTIONS 85 Aluminum 3 Spline Spool 85-8 Aluminum 8 Spline Spool (not for.) 8M-8 Billet Aluminum 8 Spline Locker 8M-3 Billet Aluminum 3 Spline Locker 89M-8 Wedgelock, 8 Spline (pg. 30) 89M-3 Wedgelock, 3 Spline (pg. 30) 8S-CT Low Drag Brgs, Differential, Steel TUBE OPTIONS 88L Camber, Specify Up or Down 88R Camber, Specify Up or Down 80 Internal Aluminum Tube Seal 83 Tube & Bell Locknut Assembly 80 One Piece Aluminum Tube 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton (pg. 5) RING & PINION OPTIONS Ratio, Standard Ratio Ratio 88-RP REM Ring & Pinion 88B-RP REM Black Ring & Pinion Thermal Dispersant Coating Option 808 While being /3 lighter than aluminum, magnesium acts as an insulator and holds in heat resulting in higher temperatures inside your rear. This very effective corrosion resistant coating helps cool your rear assembly by dispersing the heat, therefore resulting in cooler operating temperatures! / Baby Grand Tube & Spindle Assembly P/N 3363A Option 8 30 Series Yoke P/N 506GL-6 lbs 6 oz P/N 506GL-9500 lbs 9 oz Lightweight Gundrilled Axles Made from preheat treated ETD-50 with a 5/6 gundrilled hole. Recommended for light duty applications, these axles are super light. Popular lengths available are 6 and 9 /, featuring a 3 /, 3 spline end that may be cut down / for shorter applications. Axle Adapter P/N 3665 Allows use of stock Toyota axles with 3 spline aluminum spool. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

25 QUICK CHANGE TOYOTA STYLE FLANGE 6 Spline P/N 336 3/8-3 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint 3 The REM Process, used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear, also reducing oil temperature. Nothing comes close to being as friction free. P/N 88-RP (Ring & Pinion) P/N 88-LS (Lower Shaft) P/N 88-BRG (Bearings) /8 NPT Thread /6-8 Thread 9/6-8 Thread NOW AVAILABLE IN MAG! /6- Thread 30 See page 9 for Winters Quick Change Gears See Pages for Options See pages Complete Closed Tube Set-up Instructions See page 83 for Baby Grand Hub Kits See page 85 for Double Spline Axles Mag Assembly Shown with Option 808 Use Winters Semi-Synthetic Hypoid Lube with Moly P/N 30 or Mobil Aluminum Center Section 3300 Aluminum Right Side Bell Aluminum Left Side Bell 335 O Ring, Side Bell Shim Kit, Aluminum Spool Bearing Cone, Aluminum Spool 30 * Bearing Cup, Side Bell 30 8 Seal, Side Bell 05 8 Seal, Side Bell, Viton 83V 9 3/8-6 x Stud /8 Belleville Washer /8-6 Nylon Locknut * 3 Spline Aluminum Spool /8- Ring Gear Bolt /8 Belleville Washer * 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion, Standard ** 6 Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft 8609 Bearing Cone, Pinion Shaft Flanged Double Cup, Pinion Shaft /8-6 x BHCS (Torx ) Bearing Washer, Pinion 3308 Pinion Nut O Ring, Pinion Nut 55 3 Pinion Nut Retainer 68 Bearing Retainer Quick Change Gear Set (Not Included) Gasket, Gear Cover 333 Gear Cover 33 8 #6 AN Port Plug 8S 9 Bearing, Gear Cover, nd Gen,.0 O.D Bearing, Gear Cover, st Gen,.850 O.D /8-6 High Nut 9A 6 3 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud /6 Diameter Steel Ball Bearing, Lower Shaft (Rear) Retaining Ring, Rear Bearing Retaining Ring, Lower Shaft 63 36* Standard Lower Shaft Bearing, Lower Shaft (Yoke Input) O Ring, Seal Plate 39 0 Seal, Seal Plate,.635 Thick Seal 33 Internal O Ring, Seal Plate 8 Seal Plate /8 Flatwasher 3/8-6 x HHCS 0 5* Drive Yoke, Steel Retaining Washer, Drive Yoke 503 3/8- x HHCS 09Y 8 3/8 Socket Pipe Plug B 9 Inspection Plug O Ring, Inspection Plug 5 53 Drive Yoke, Toyota, Standard 336 * Part Numbers in this list may vary depending on options ordered at time of purchase. Please check the assembly tag included with your rear. ** Last 3 digits depict ratio. Example: 38= 3.8: 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

26 6 0 DIFFERENTIALS TRACKSTAR P/N nd Generation with Tri-Lock Bronze Thrust Washer System Option 83-0 Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter lbs 3 oz Application- Open Max. Power- Open Race Length- Open Stagger- / - 3/ (Best Results) Oil- Mobil T6 End Cap Oil Scoop Preload 0 Oil Scoop Preload A DIFFERENTIAL OF RESEARCH, HIGH-TECH & HIGH PERFORMANCE MORE FORWARD BITE THAN ANY OTHER DIFFERENTIAL EVER BUILT! The Trackstar is the only crossed axis gear assembly where both worm and side gears are completely encased in a heat treated 0 Center Housing. This design eliminates housing flex, maintaining close tolerance gear meshing under load conditions. This increases traction on virtually all track surfaces. During operation, oil is scooped (oil level must be maintained) and gears are automatically lubricated. 05-T6 End Cap reduces rotating weight to lbs 3 oz. It offers a level of refinement that other differentials will be measured against for years. Winters Trackstar is unparalled! Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages Side Gear Spline 9 nd Generation with Tri-Lock Bronze Thrust Washer System PLEASE NOTE: When ordering differential replacement or components, please specify Serial # and P/N of differential when placing order nd Generation with Tri-Lock Bronze Thrust Washer System Assembly Includes Side Housing 385 Grooved Thrust Washer Keyed Thrust Washer 305 Steel Ball Side Gears 30 6 Grooved Thrust Washer Axle Pin Pinion Gear Center Housing Retainer Pin Side Housing 38 Washer /-0 x / HHCS /6-8 x / pt 6 6 * Oil Scoop * Screws, Oil Scoop ND GEN SET-UP Side Housing 385 Grooved Thrust Washer 5-03 Side Housing 38 9 Tri-Lock Bronze Thrust Washer 36 *Not shown in exploded view. ND GENERATION The nd Generation Trackstar differential is a torque multiplier that works through the use of friction, generated by thrust forces from the internal gearing, as well as the Tri-Lock Bronze Thrust Washer System. This helps multiply what torque is available from the wheel that is starting to spin up or lose traction and sends that available torque to the slower turning wheel with the better traction. Heat Treated 0 Center Housing Worm & Side Gears Completely Encased Center Support Bracing/ Ring Gear Flange Benefits Of Running A Trackstar Assembly Increased straight-a-way speed due to decreased stagger. Since torque is applied with reference to the difference in inside and outside wheel speeds, corner entry and exit speeds increase. Tire life improved due to limited wheel slippage. Adapts well to changing track conditions. Gear design allows instant torque sensing and transfers the power to the wheel with the most traction. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

27 0 DIFFERENTIALS 0 Shown With Option 88-DG REM Differential Gears See page 0 TRIPLE TRACK P/N 9 Option 883 Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 3 lbs 0 oz Application- Circle Track Max. Power HP Race Length Laps Stagger- / - 3/ (Best Results) Oil- Mobil 0-90 The Triple Track Traction Control Differential: Race Tested and Improved! This assembly uses crossed axis worm drive gearing with a one piece 05-T6 Billet Aluminum Housing. Pound for pound nothing comes close. In low horsepower race cars the major disadvantage of other crossed axis worm drive gear units is its mass and weight involved. The result is a high amount of rotational inertia (flywheel effect). This is relieved by using a one piece 05-T6 Billet Aluminum Housing. This unit will bolt in any full size quick change with a 0 ring gear, as well as the full size rear with 8 ring gear. Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 08-. Too much lube can cause problems as well as too little. Check your level! See the Frequently Asked Questions page for proper fill and level instructions. Benefits Of Running A Triple Track Assembly Increased straight-a-way speed due to decreased stagger. Since torque is applied with reference to the difference in inside and outside wheel speeds, corner entry and exit speeds increase. Tire life improved due to limited wheel slippage. Adapts well to changing track conditions. Gear design allows instant torque sensing and transfers the power to the wheel with the most traction. PLEASE NOTE: When ordering differential replacement or components, please specify Serial # and P/N of differential when placing order Side Gear Spline 6 5 Assembly Includes Main Housing 69 Pinion Gear Axle Pin 98 6 Wear Plate Grooved Thrust Washer 8 6 Side Gear 38 Thrust Washer Retainer Pin /-0 x 5/8 pt Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

28 8 0 DIFFERENTIALS WINTERS TRACK P/N Option 8W Installed In Rear P/N 653P-3 Option 8P Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 0 lbs oz CNC machined to exacting tolerances. This virtually unbreakable, parallel design automatically senses wheel spin and delivers positive traction. Torque Specs: Torque to 0 ft lbs with Red Loctite Side Gear Spline 5 3 /-0 x HHCS 3 Spring Washer 3 8 3* Left Side Housing 6359 Bushing 59 5 Wear Plates Left Side Gear Assembly Includes *Must be purchased as a complete unit. Left Pinion Gear * Center Housing Right Pinion Gear Right Side Gear * Right Side Housing 6360 /-0 x / HHCS 8058 PLEASE NOTE: When ordering differential replacement or components, please specify Serial # and P/N of differential when placing order. WINTERS OFFSET TRACK P/N 3090 Option 8WOT Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 9 lbs 3 oz What separates this assembly from all others? The ring gear bolts directly to the center housing, not the end cap. Eliminating end cap deflection, this design increases structural strength and assures consistent operation. The left and right oil scoop system maintains proper internal lubrication. Offset design may require different axle lengths Side Gear Spline x 5/6 SHCS 86 6 Oil Pick Up /-0 x / HHCS 8058 / Belleville Washer 3 8 5* Left Side Housing 30 6 Wear Plate 339 Planetary Gear Assembly Includes *Must be purchased as a complete unit. 8 Side Gears 9* Center Housing Scalloped Spacer 0 Washer 3 Spacer Insert 3* Right Side Housing 30 /-0 x / HHCS Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

29 0 DIFFERENTIALS Side Gear Spline Option 88-LIA REM Finish Locker Internal Assembly. See pg. 3 For Individual Internal Parts. Retaining rings sandwich locker assembly eliminating housing wear and inconsistent locker function. * Main Housing 880 Locker Internal Assembly 390 3* Cover 88 Washer 5 Assembly Includes *Must be purchased as a set. 5 3/8-6 x / pt 3 6 Retaining Ring 3066 Retaining Ring 839 LIGHTWEIGHT BILLET ALUMINUM LOCKER P/N 5-0L Option 8L Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 0 lbs 3 oz Winters Lightweight Aluminum Locker reduces rotating and unsprung weight. At 0 lbs 3 oz... nothing comes close! This assembly requires a longer right axle and a shorter left axle than the standard locker assembly. Comes standard with 8 lb factory calibrated springs installed. Locker spring rates are laser etched on the housing. Other spring rates are available (see options below). Torque Specs: Torque to 5 ft lbs with Red Loctite. FACT: Locker assemblies are speed sensitive, not torque sensitive. Whichever wheel travels faster is going to unlock. 6 Option 88-LIA REM Finish Locker Internal Assembly. See pg. 3 For Individual Internal Parts. 3 BILLET ALUMINUM LOCKER P/N 5-0 Option 8 Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 3 lbs 8 oz 0.33 Side Gear Spline * Main Housing 690 Locker Internal Assembly 390 3* Cover 69 Lock Tab Too much lube can cause problems as well as too little. Check your level! See the Frequently Asked Questions page for proper fill and level instructions. Assembly Includes *Must be purchased as a set. 5 3/8-6 x 3 / HHCS Retaining Ring 839 Retaining Ring 3066 This locker is a full automatic locking differential. It delivers spool-type traction on the straightaways yet automatically unlocks in the corners. Comes standard with 8 lb factory calibrated springs installed. Other spring rates are available (see options below). Torque Specs: Torque to 30 ft lbs, Backoff, Re-torque to 0 ft lbs. Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 08-. LOCKER INTERNAL ASSEMBLY P/N 390 See page 3 for individual internal parts. LOCKER SPRINGS All Winters springs are tested to ensure accuracy within lbs of rated category. Option 88-LIA REM Finish Locker Internal Assembly. DESCRIPTION APPLICATION P/N OPTION Side Gear Spring, Orange, 58 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80O 8-58 Side Gear Spring, Blue, 68 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80B 8-68 Side Gear Spring, Yellow, 8 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80Y Standard Side Gear Spring, Red, 90 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80R Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

30 30 8 3/8 DIFFERENTIALS BILLET ALUMINUM LOCKER P/N 9-8 (8 SPLINE) Option 8M-8 Installed In Rear P/N 9-3 (3 SPLINE) Option 8M-3 Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter lbs oz This locker is a full automatic locking differential. It delivers spool type traction on the straightaways yet automatically unlocks in the corners. Available in 8 or 3 Spline. Comes standard with 58 lb factory calibrated springs installed. Other spring rates options are available (see pg. 9). * Main Housing 86 * Cover 85 3 Spacer 89 Assembly Includes 3.3 Side Gear Spline Locker Internal Assembly ** 5 /-0 x / FHCS V8 IMPORTANT A clearance chamfer must be applied to the ring gear in order for this locker to seat properly. *Must be purchased as a set. **Specify 8 or 3 Spline (Ex. -3) WEDGELOCK P/N 9-8 (8 SPLINE) Option 89M-8 Installed In Rear P/N 9-3 (3 SPLINE) Option 89M-3 Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter lbs 8 oz The Wedgelock features a parallel gear design which automatically senses wheel spin and delivers positive traction. PLEASE NOTE: When ordering differential replacement or components, please specify Serial # and P/N of differential when placing order. * Main Housing 68 * Cover Side Gear, Right 693-xxA Side Gear, Left 693-xxB 5 Pinion Gear, Short *Must be purchased as a set. 8 V8 9 * Assembly Includes.50 Side Gear Spline Pinion Gear, Long Scalloped Spacer /-8 x pt Belleville Washer 3** Specify 8 or 3 Spline (Ex A) **Washer is used in preload application only. 3.5 Side Gear Spline ALUMINUM TRIPLE TRACK P/N 9M Option 883M Installed In Rear.03 Bearing Diameter 3 lbs 8 oz The 3 Spline Aluminum Triple Track assembly features crossed axis worm drive gearing with a one piece, 05-T6 Billet Aluminum Housing. Available for. Ratio Ring & Pinion Only. Note: Axle lengths may vary when changing from a spool to a differential. Refer to pages 08-. Main Housing, Mini 69M Pinion Gears Axle Pin 98 6 Wear Plate Grooved Thrust Washer Assembly Includes Side Gear 38 Thrust Washer Retainer Pin /-0 x 5/8 pt Side Gear Spline 6 V8 5 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

31 DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENTS 3 STEEL SPOOLS AND DIFFERENTIALS.000 JOURNAL 3 3 Carrier Bearing Race 30 Carrier Bearing Cone (.000 ) Carrier Shim Kit, Shims (.000 ID) 509 Checking Bearing Cone (.000 ) 538 LOW DRAG! P/N 309ACS Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls Refer to page 8 for individual bearings. ALUMINUM SPOOLS AND DIFFERENTIALS.03 JOURNAL 3 3 Carrier Bearing Race 30 Carrier Bearing Cone (.03 ) 30 3 Carrier Shim Kit, Shims (.03 ID) 595 Checking Bearing Cone (.03 ) 59 LOW DRAG! P/N 30ACS Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls Refer to page 8 for individual bearings. LOCKER PARTS All Winters springs are tested to ensure accuracy within lbs of rated category. (Colors may vary) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK UP PLUG KITS /8 3/8 3 Spline P/N 689L 3 Spline P/N 689 # DESCRIPTION APPLICATION P/N OPTION 3 Spline Side Gear (Original Locker) 0 QC Spline Side Gear (Original Locker) 0 QC Stainless Steel Side Gear Spring (Original Locker) 0 QC Spline Side Gear (Pre 99 Late Model Locker) 0 QC Spline Side Gear (Pre 99 Late Model Locker) 0 QC Spring Retainer 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Spline Side Gear (Pre 99 Late Model Locker) 8 3/8 QC Spline Side Gear (Pre 99 Late Model Locker) 8 3/8 QC Spring Retainer 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Locker Spring, Orange, 58 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80O 8-58 Locker Spring, Blue, 68 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80B 8-68 Locker Spring, Yellow, 8 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80Y Standard Locker Spring, Red, 90 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC 80R 8-90 Locker Spring, 00 lb 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Splined Disc Spring Retainer 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Center Cam 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Retaining Ring 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Center Gear, 5 Tooth 0 QC, 8 3/8 QC Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

32 3 SPOOLS & OIL CIRCULATORS SPOOLS V8 # DESCRIPTION WEIGHT BRG DIA P/N OPTION Spline Steel Spool, 0 lbs L 8-3 Spline Aluminum Spool, 0 5 lbs oz A Spline Ultralight Aluminum Spool, 0 5 lbs oz UL Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini 8 3/8, V8 3 lbs oz Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini 8 3/8, V8 3 lbs oz Spline Aluminum Spool, Mini. Only 5 lbs oz SPRINT GEAR COVER PUMP ASSEMBLY 6 5 P/N 39 Gear Cover Assembly & Lower Shaft (0 ) P/N 39-0 Gear Cover Assembly & Lower Shaft (8 ) P/N 39-0 Gear Cover Assembly Only Option By far the trickest rear end pump assembly ever! This cover installs in minutes and fits all 0 rear ends. Extends no further than existing cover nuts. #6 AN Inlet & Outlet Port See page 6 for Oil Screen Assembly P/N 30 For Heat Treated Lower Shaft add Option 806 when ordering. FILTER INLET SIDE OUTLET SIDE COOLER SCREEN FILTER (DESIRABLE) SHOWN USING CONVENTIONAL ENGINE ROTATION (CLOCKWISE FROM FRONT, COUNTER CLOCKWISE FROM REAR) INLET IS SHOWN AT MOST DESIRABLE LOCATION (IN BELL). (USE OF CENTER SECTION BOTTOM DRAIN HOLE NOT TO BE USED W/O LINE FILTER BEFORE THE PUMP BECAUSE ALL SEDIMENT GRAVITATES TO THE BOTTOM PLUG.) DEBRIS CIRCULATION WILL DESTROY THE PUMP. Aluminum Gear Cover 959 Aluminum Pump Cover Rubber Gasket 960 Pump Gear 96 5 Bearing 8659 Assembly Includes 6 Bearing Retainer 358 /-0 x /6 BHCS x 3/8 BHCS * Lower Shaft, * Lower Shaft, 8 95P *P/N may vary depending on options ordered. See page 3 for Lower Shaft Options. PUMP ASSEMBLY P/N 5305 Option 80 This pump assembly fits all Winters 0 rear ends. This is a practical way to lower the oil temperature during long races by circulating lube through a cooler (cooler not included). Please Note: This pump assembly requires a shorter ( 3/8 ) drive shaft. 8 3 Outlet Inlet See page 8 for Oil Screen Assembly P/N Assembly Includes O Ring, Seal Plate 3 Pump Housing Rotor Assembly for Pump 5303 Driver Spacer Sealing Ring 38 6 Spacer 309 O Ring, Pump Housing 8 Pump Housing O Ring 89 0* Seal, Seal Plate 0T 0* Seal, Viton, Seal Plate 0V Roll Pin 808 O Ring 88 3 Seal Retainer 6 Retaining Ring, Seal Plate /6-8 x Screw /8 SAE Flatwasher 6 3/8-6 x / HHCS Standard Lower Shaft, Pump *P/N may vary depending on options ordered. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

33 RING & PINION NON-QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES 33 0 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing P/N 33 Option P/N 83 (not available on ratios 6.00 and higher) INTEGRAL FLANGE PINION BEARING 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE ND GENERATION RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS Available Ratios RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS Our Flanged Pinion Bearing Assembly is designed for all Heavy Duty Non-Quick Change applications. Extend ring and pinion life with this spread bearing assembly that bolts in place for added pinion support. An integral seal and o ring are incorporated into the bearing race Assembly Includes 3/-0 Flanged Pinion Nut Drive Yoke, 30 Series 6 3 Seal, Buna N 60 Outer Bearing Cone Crush Sleeve 6 6 Flanged Bearing Race 569 Inner Bearing Cone 55 8 O Ring 90 9 Ball Bearing 3 0 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing P/N 33 Option P/N 83 (not available on ratios 6.00 and higher) STANDARD PINION BEARING 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE ST GENERATION P/N 50M (.86 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) P/N 500M (.86 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 55M (. RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) P/N 5M (. RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 5 (.5 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) P/N 5 (.5 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) Our Standard Pinion Bearing Assembly is designed for use with a 0 Spline Pinion. This assembly is only available in.,.86 &.5 ratios Assembly Includes Lockwasher 36 Non QC Pinion Nut 3 3 Bearing Lockwasher 5056 Jam Nut 503R 5 Washer Bearing 308 Race 30 8 Bearing Ball Bearing 3 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

34 3 RING & PINION QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES 8 RING AND PINION ST GENERATION 0 QUICK CHANGE P/N 65B (. RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) P/N 65 (. RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) To order any 0 Quick Change or Center Kit with an 8 Ring Gear add the following Options: Option 8-8. Ring & Pinion Option Sprint Center Want Real Low Drag? Stick This In Your Rear! Our brand new 8 Ring Gear is 0% smaller and 0% lighter than a 0 Ring Gear, reducing flywheel weight and unsprung weight. From a performance standpoint, this 8 Ring Gear will accelerate and de-accelerate quicker than a 0 Ring Gear. All cars will benefit, lower horsepower cars can expect more gain than higher horsepower cars. All Low Drag Bearing & Seal Options Available! EDM 8 Ring Gear Bolts Directly To All Full Size Spools, Differentials, Lockers, Etc. Weighs 5.5 lbs Assembly Includes Posi-Lock Retainer 80 O Ring 55 3 Posi-Lock Nut 806 Washer Outer Roller Bearing 5 6 Race 86 Pinion Cup 68 8 Inner Roller Bearing RING AND PINION ND GENERATION 0 QUICK CHANGE P/N 65SB-CT (. RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) P/N 65S (. RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) To order any 0 Quick Change or Center Kit with an 8 Ring Gear add the following Options: Option 8-8S. Ring & Pinion Option 833-8S Sprint Center For Pinion Nose Support add Option 83-8S when ordering. Assembly Includes Posi-Lock Retainer 80 O Ring 55 3 Posi-Lock Nut 806 Washer Outer Roller Bearing 5 6 Race 86 Pinion Cup 8 8 Inner Roller Bearing Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

35 RING & PINION QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES 35 0 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing P/N 33 Option P/N 83 Reduce Rotating & Unsprung Weight! EDM Ring Gear Option 80-XXX STANDARD PINION BEARING, BOLT P/N 500 (.86 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 50 (.86 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing P/N 5 (. RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 55 (. RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing P/N 55 (.5 RING AND PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 55 (.5 RING AND PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing Double jam nuts with double washers are standard on Winters assemblies. Option Replaces Standard Jam Nut Assembly (#s 0-) 0 Standard Jam Nut Assem. Option 85-TIM Timken Pinion Cup & Cones Assembly Includes Aluminum Retainer Plate 696A Pinion Retaining Spacer Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 5 5 Posi-Lock Nut 685R 6 Washer 5055 Bearing Race 30 9 Roller Bearing 33 0 Quick Change Gear Spacer 50 Jam Nut 503R Bearing Lockwasher 5056 Lock Tab P/N 3 Fits all 0 except FLANGED PINION BEARING P/N 380 Add Option 89 & Option 80 To Standard Ring & Pinion An improvement in Pinion stability, assuring pinion alignment under the worst conditions. Can be used with standard 0 ring & pinion ratios. One piece flanged bearing race eliminates need for separate spacer ring and retaining plate Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 5 3 Posi-Lock Nut 685R Washer 5055 Assembly Includes 5 Roller Bearing Flanged Bearing Race 58 Ball Bearing ANGULAR CONTACT PINION BEARING P/N 86ACS (PINION BEARING KIT/ STEEL BALLS) Option 8S-P Radial Contact (Low Drag) This assembly is excellent for asphalt, low horsepower, below 000 RPM. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

36 36 RING & PINION QUICK CHANGE ASSEMBLIES 0 FLANGED SPREAD PINION BEARING P/N 5686 (.86 RATIO ONLY) Option 886 Installed In New Rear Or Center Section Pinion Nose Roller Bearing P/N 33 Option P/N 83 Winters Extra Heavy Duty Ring & Pinion The Ultimate In Pinion Support The flanged bearing for critical support and retention of the bearing race to the center section. The roller bearings have 0% greater load capacity. This bearing set allows a mammoth radius at the juncture of the pinion shaft and pinion gear head. The pinion shaft was redesigned to eliminate stress risers at critical areas. The pinion bearings were spread to the max. The Ultimate Package includes Posi-Lock & a Roller Nose Bearing. Spread Bearing Design Redesigned To Eliminate Stress Risers Mammoth Radius P/N 06 Bearing Retainer Installed Posi-Lock Retainer 80 O Ring 55 3 Posi-Lock Nut 806 Assembly Includes Washer Outer Roller Bearing Bearing Retainer 06 Flanged Bearing Race 58 8 Inner Roller Bearing 55 9 Roller Bearing /8 FLANGED PINION BEARING MINI 8 3/8 & V8 0 BOLT QUICK CHANGE V8 6 Spline RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS 3.8* 68R* 68R* Available Assemblies Pinion Nose Bearing P/N 39 RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS *R = Reverse Rotation Assembly Includes Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 55 3 Posi-Lock Nut 68 Washer 68 5 Roller Bearing 5 6 Flanged Bearing Race /8 NON-QUICK CHANGE PINION BEARING MINI 8 3/8 0 BOLT QUICK CHANGE RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS 3.8* 68R* 68R* Available Assemblies RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS *R = Reverse Rotation Assembly Includes Output Flange 5 Retaining Ring Seal 0 Pinion Nut 89 5 Roller Bearing 5 6 Bearing Cup 59 Spacer 95 8 O Ring 80 9 Pinion Nose Bearing 39 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

37 RING & PINION ASSEMBLIES 3. has a 9 tooth pinion.. has an 8 tooth pinion. The root of the tooth is dramatically increased on a.. So is the strength! Be smart - insist on Winters. Ring and Pinion! 0 QUICK CHANGE, BOLT RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS *.RR 5R 55R *.86RR 500R 50R ** ** Spread Bearing Pack * R = Reverse Rotation 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE, BOLT RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS. 5M 55M *.RR 5MR 55MR M 50M *.86RR 500MR 50MR Ratios marked with a star are only available with Integral Flange Pinion Bearing (nd Generation). See page 33 for a complete list of parts included with Ring & Pinion. * Reverse Rotation st Generation Only 0 XTREMELINER QUICK CHANGE, BOLT RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS *3.08RR 5308RR 6308RR * R = Reverse Rotation 0 QUICK CHANGE STANDARD PINION BEARING, BOLT P/N 500 (.86 RING & PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 50 (.86 RING & PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing P/N 5 (. RING & PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 55 (. RING & PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing P/N 55 (.5 RING & PINION W/O BEARINGS) P/N 55 (.5 RING & PINION W/ BEARINGS) Option 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Nut Option 83 Roller Nose Bearing MINI 8 3/8 AND V8, 0 BOLT P/N P/N P/N P/N RATIO w/o BRGS w/o BRGS w/ BRGS w/ BRGS *3.8 *68R *68RM *68R *68RM M 68 68M. M M M 68 68M M M M M M M * R = Reverse Rotation M = Non-Quick Change 8. RING & PINION IN A 0 HOUSING QUICK CHANGE, BOLT RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS B-CT *. 65S 65SB-CT *nd Generation Assembly QUICK CHANGE, 0 BOLT RATIO P/N w/o BRGS P/N w/ BRGS Insist on Winters replacement parts for proper fit and exact replacement. There is no other choice! 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

38 38 RING & PINION COMPONENTS POSI-LOCK The Posi-Lock Option greatly simplifies pinion installation and bearing preload maintenance adjustment, eliminating the need for special adjustment tools. Required on Sprint Center. 3 POSI-LOCK, 0 QUICK CHANGE P/N 698R (RIGHT HAND THREAD, STANDARD) Option 80 P/N 698L (LEFT HAND THREAD) Assembly Contains One Of Each Assembly Includes # DESCRIPTION P/N Aluminum Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 5 3 Alum. Posi-Lock Nut ( 5/6-0 Thread) 685R POSI-LOCK, 8 & SPREAD.86 (Standard Equipment) P/N 93 (RIGHT HAND THREAD) Assembly Contains One Of Each 3 Assembly Includes # DESCRIPTION P/N Posi-Lock Retainer 80 O Ring 86 3 Posi-Lock Nut ( 5/6-0 Thread) 806 POSI-LOCK, MINI 8 3/8 & V8 QUICK CHANGE (Standard Equipment) P/N ( / -0 RIGHT HAND THREAD) Assembly Contains One Of Each POSI-LOCK, QUICK CHANGE (Standard Equipment) P/N (RIGHT HAND THREAD) Assembly Contains One Of Each 3 Assembly Includes # DESCRIPTION P/N Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 55 3* Posi-Lock Nut ( 3/6-0 Thread) * Posi-Lock Nut ( /-0 Thread) 68-0 * Please Note: Vintage 8 3/8 QC w/ 3.8 R&P use Assembly Includes # DESCRIPTION P/N Posi-Lock Retainer 68 O Ring 55 3 Posi-Lock Nut ( /8-8 Thread) Threaded Ring Gear Bolt Kit P/N 868 Threaded Ring Gear Bolt Kit, Short For use with 8 Ring Gear P/N 868S Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt Kit P/N 65 ARP Ring Gear Bolt Kit P/N 938 Option P/N 9 Installed in Rear Ring & Pinions Quick Change Gears Differential Gears Lower Shafts Bearings We Can Do Them All! Looks Like Chrome, But Better! P/N 88-RP (Ring & Pinion) P/N 88-QCG (Change Gears) P/N 88-LS (Lower Shaft) P/N 88-BRG (Bearings) The REM Process results in enhanced EHL lubricant films. The REM Process, used in finishing gears, increases performance by virtually eliminating gear friction and wear, also reducing oil temperature. Nothing comes close to being as friction free! DETERMINING RING & PINION RATIO Lock Tab P/N 3 Trouble with pinion retainer plate bolts coming loose? Try this. Lock Tab fits all Winters 0 Rear Ends (Except 3.08). P/N 33 Option 83 Pinion Nose Roller Bearing Important: Shut Off Power. Elevate car. Remove quick change gears 3. Chalk mark the tire at o clock position. Chalk mark the pinion at o clock position 5. Rotate tire one complete revolution 6. Count pinion revolution as tire is rotated Just past revolutions =. / revolutions =.5 Almost 5 revolutions =.86 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

39 CENTER SECTIONS 39 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE P/N HEAVY DUTY P/N 50 9 lbs 3 9 lbs oz on.53 Bolt Circle ENDURO P/N 50M 0 SPRINT P/N lbs oz 8 lbs 9 oz 3 (TYP.) 3 on.53 Bolt Circle XTREMELINER P/N FRONT QUICK CHANGE P/N K50-FQC 0 6 BOLT COVER P/N 088 lbs 8 oz lbs oz 5 lbs 0 oz 5 6 Shown with Option Thermal Dispersant Coating # DESCRIPTION BARE P/N Non-Quick Change Center, Aluminum, Non-Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 0 K6559 Heavy Duty Center, Aluminum, 0 50 Heavy Duty Center, Magnesium, 0 K50 3 Enduro Center, Aluminum, 0 50M Sprint Center, Aluminum, NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum except # 6. # DESCRIPTION BARE P/N Sprint Center, Magnesium, 0 K580 Sprint Center, Magnesium, Reverse Rotation, 0 K580R 5 Xtremeliner Center, Aluminum, Front Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 0 K50-FQC 0 6 Bolt Cover, Aluminum Bolt Cover, Magnesium K088 Fact: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum. Example: 6559 Aluminum Non-Quick Change Center weighs 9 lbs. The same center in magnesium P/N K6559 weighs 6 lbs. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

40 0 CENTER SECTIONS 8 QUICK CHANGE P/N K068 8 QUICK CHANGE P/N 39 8 SHORT P/N 99 9 lbs. 3 oz. 0 lbs. 3. oz. 6 lbs. 3 Shown with Option Thermal Dispersant Coating Shown with Option Thermal Dispersant Coating Shown with Option Thermal Dispersant Coating 9 lbs. 6 oz. MINI 8 3/8 P/N 6 MINI 8 3/8 HEAVY DUTY P/N 5HD Option P/N 86 0 lbs /8 V8 P/N V8-5HD 8 3/8 NON-QUICK CHANGE P/N V8-58 lbs. 5 oz. 36 (TYP.) 6 lbs. 36 (TYP.) 6 0 on 9.50 Bolt Circle on 9.50 Bolt Circle 8 36 QUICK CHANGE P/N lbs. 0 oz. # Description Bare P/N Quick Change Center, Magnesium, 6 Bolt Cover K068 Quick Change Center w/ Pinion Bearing Support, Aluminum, 6 Bolt Cover 39 Quick Change Center w/ Pinion Bearing Support, Magnesium, 6 Bolt Cover K39 3 Short Center, Aluminum, Short Center, Magnesium, 8 K99 Mini Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8 6 Mini Center, Magnesium, 8 3/8 K6 5 Mini Heavy Duty Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8 5HD 6 V8 Heavy Duty Quick Change Center, 8 3/8 V8-5HD Non-Quick Change Center, Aluminum, 8 3/8 V Quick Change Center, Aluminum, Quick Change Center, Magnesium, K3300 NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum except #. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

41 CENTER KITS To order any Full Size 0 Center Kit with an 8 Ring Gear add the following Options: ST GENERATION Option 8-8. Ring & Pinion Option Sprint Center ND GENERATION Option 8-8S. Ring & Pinion Short Option 833-8S Sprint Center Short Option 833-8S-6 with 6 Bolt Cover TORQUE SPECS Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs. Thrubolts-35 Ft. Lbs. DESCRIPTION KIT P/N KIT w/ BELLS Non-Quick Change Center Aluminum (0 ) 058 Non-Quick Change Center Magnesium (0 ) K058 K Heavy Duty Aluminum Center (0 Quick Change) Heavy Duty Magnesium Center (0 Quick Change) K5058 K5 Enduro Aluminum Center (0 Quick Change) 5058M 5M Sprint Center Kit, Aluminum (0 Quick Change) 60 5 Sprint Center Kit, Magnesium (0 Quick Change) K60 K5 Sprint Center Magnesium-Reverse Rotation (0 QC) K60R K5R **Mini Quick Change Aluminum Center (8 3/8 Quick Change) 096** 09** Mini Quick Change Magnesium Center (8 3/8 Quick Change) K096 K09 Mini Non-Quick Change, Aluminum (8 3/8 ) 0 5 Quick Change, Aluminum 3 33 Front Quick Change, Magnesium (0 Quick Change) K3 K35 Xtremeliner Quick Change, Aluminum (0 Quick Change) 36 3 V8 Quick Change, Aluminum (8 3/8 Quick Change) ** For Heavy Duty Center add Option 86M Winters manufactures all centers to exacting tolerances. However, when replacing your center, check the side bell preload and backlash making sure that it is an exact replacement. See pages 3- for applicable instructions. KIT WITH BELLS Includes items above plus Bells, Seals, O Rings, Bearings, Shim Kit, Tube and Bell Bolts and Adjuster (where applicable). OPTION # 836P 855P 855PM 855PMHD 886P Bell Options DESCRIPTION Lightweight Rib Side Bell w/ Inspection Plug Heavy Duty 8 Rib Side Bell w/ Inspection Plug Lightweight 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug HD Permanent Mold 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug, Contoured Lightweight 6 Rib Side Bell w/ Inspection Plug 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

42 OVERHAUL KITS Overhaul kits include all bearings, seals and o rings needed to rebuild your rear end. IMPORTANT Refer to pages 5-53 to identify gear cover. APPLICATION BELL COVER P/N Heavy Duty & Enduro Center or 6 Rib Deep Cover 505-0A Heavy Duty & Enduro Center 8 Rib Deep Cover 505-0A Heavy Duty & Enduro Center or 6 Rib Super Cover 550-0A Heavy Duty & Enduro Center 8 Rib Super Cover 550-0A Hawk Center or 6 Rib Deep Cover 305-0A Hawk Center 8 Rib Deep Cover 305-0A Hawk Center or 6 Rib Super Cover 350-0A Hawk Center 8 Rib Super Cover 350-0A Sprint Center or 6 Rib Tumbled Cover 09-0A Sprint Center 8 Rib Tumbled Cover 09-0A Sprint Center or 6 Rib Heavy Duty Cover 09HD-0A Sprint Center 8 Rib Heavy Duty Cover 09HD-0A Sprint Center or 6 Rib Small Brg Cover 09SC-0A Sprint Center 8 Rib Small Brg Cover 09SC-0A Sprint Center or 6 Rib Big Brg Cover 09BC-0A Sprint Center 8 Rib Big Brg Cover 09BC-0A 8 Ring & Pinion, nd Generation, 6, or 8 Rib Big Brg Cover 56 8 Ring & Pinion w/pinion Support, nd Generation, 6, or 8 Rib Big Brg Cover 5 Non-Quick Change Center (st Generation) or 6 Rib N/A -6A Non-Quick Change Center (st Generation) 8 Rib N/A -08A Non-Quick Change Center (nd Generation) or 6 Rib N/A 5-6A Non-Quick Change Center (nd Generation) 8 Rib N/A 5-08A Mini Quick Change Center Rib Mini Cover 5A Center 6 Rib Small Brg Cover 393-0A Front Quick Change or 6 Rib Front QC Cover 505FQC-0A Front Quick Change 8 Rib Front QC Cover 505FQC-0A Xtremeliner Center 8 Rib Deep Cover 39-0A Xtremeliner Center 8 Rib Super Cover 39-0B Mini Non-Quick Change Center Rib Mini Cover 5A-NQ V8 Quick Change Center Rib Straight Finned 399 The above P/N s are for assemblies with an aluminum carrier with.03 brg. journals. If a steel carrier with.000 brg. journals is to be used, delete suffix A from P/N. (EXAMPLE 09-0) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

43 LOWER SHAFTS 3 0 FULL SIZE QUICK CHANGE Retaining Ring P/N End To End Retaining Ring P/N 60 ( needed) 9.69 End To End Retaining Ring P/N End To End Retaining Ring P/N End To End Retaining Ring P/N End To End 6.3 End To End Retaining Ring P/N 60 ( needed) 8 Retaining Ring P/N 833 ( needed) 9. End To End 9 See page 3 for sprint gear cover pump Retaining Ring P/N End To End 0 Retaining Ring P/N End To End # DESCRIPTION GE YE P/N Standard Shaft, Open Drive A D Heat Treated Shaft, Open Drive A D 5003 Standard Shaft, Closed Drive A D Standard Shaft, Hawk A D Heat Treated Shaft, Hawk A D 63-0 Standard Lower Shaft, Pump A D # DESCRIPTION GE YE P/N 5 Gundrilled Shaft, Open Drive A E Yoke (for P/N 550 Gundrilled Shaft) Lower Shaft, Int. Coupler, 0 Non-Shifter A D Lower Shaft, Xtremeliner B E Standard Lower Shaft, Pump Heat Treated Shaft, 3 Spline A E FRONT QUICK CHANGE For Use with Pump # DESCRIPTION GE P/N Lower Shaft A 3S Lower Shaft (for use with pump) A 3 8 SHORT QUICK CHANGE 8.59 End To End End To End 8.59 End To End 9.3 End To End # DESCRIPTION GE YE P/N Standard Shaft A D 95 Heat Treated Shaft A D 95HT # DESCRIPTION GE YE P/N 3 Gundrilled Shaft A E 95GD Standard Shaft, Pump A D 95P MINI 8 3/8 AND V8 QUICK CHANGE Retaining Ring P/N End To End Retaining Ring P/N End To End 3 3 Spline Aluminum Yoke w/ Stainless Steel Sleeve Option 88B-3 # DESCRIPTION GE YE P/N Standard Shaft, Mini QC (Yoke Application) C D Heat Treated Shaft, Mini QC (Yoke Application) C D Standard Shaft, V8 QC (Yoke Application) C D V Bearing # DESCRIPTION P/N Drive Yoke, 30 Series 5038 Drive Yoke, 30 Series, Aluminum, Stainless Steel Sleeve 5038AS Drive Yoke, 3 Spline, Aluminum, Stainless Steel Sleeve 5038AS-3 QUICK CHANGE P/N 330 GE = C YE = F Retaining Ring P/N End To End SPLINE SIZE IDENTIFICATION ID GEAR END (GE) A.50-0 B.3- C ID YOKE END (YE) D.50-0 E.35-3 F Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

44 YOKES ALUMINUM YOKE 0 Spline ALUMINUM YOKE 3 Spline ALUMINUM YOKE GIRDLE Radius In High Stress Areas Stainless Steel Sleeve P/N 5038AS Option 88B Fits all popular quick changes. Machined from high strength 05-T6 aluminum, this durable yoke is fitted with a stainless steel sleeve at seal contact area. This yoke compliments any weight conscious setup. Uses series 30 ( /6 ) joint STEEL YOKE 0 Spline Seal P/N Must Be Used P/N 5038AS-3 Option 88B-3 FOR USE WITH GUNDRILLED LOWER SHAFT Fits all popular quick changes. Machined from high strength 05-T6 aluminum, this durable yoke is fitted with a stainless steel sleeve at seal contact area. NOTE: Seal P/N Must Be Used With Installation Of This Yoke. Uses series 30 ( /6 ) joint STEEL YOKE 0 Spline 0.35 Thick Spacer P/N 653 P/N 5 FITS ALUMINUM YOKE ONLY Machined from 05-T6 aluminum, this girdle eliminates trunnion bearing distortion, keeping the trunnion bearing round regardless of retaining bolt torque! Uses series 30 ( /6 ) joint STEEL YOKE 0 Spline KIT P/N 9 Includes: - Girdles (P/N 5) - Lock Washers (P/N 60) - 5/6-8 x / pt (P/N 89) 0.35 Thick Spacer P/N 653 P/N 3588 /-0 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 350, 3/6 Joint Option 85 P/N 3588M Use with st Gen Non Quick Change, 50 Series Centers, Mini 8 3/8 & V8 Option 85- STEEL YOKE 0 Spline Length of Splines =.500 P/N 5038 /-0 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint P/N 5038B /-0 Spline Yoke Threaded for Strap Kit Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint Option 833 STEEL YOKE 9 Spline Length of Splines =.500 Length of Splines =.35 P/N 3533 /-0 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint Fits Sprint Center & V8 Quick Change P/N 6 nd Generation Non-Quick Change /-9 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint P/N 3565 nd Generation Non-Quick Change /-9 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 350, 3/6 Joint Option 85 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

45 YOKES 5 STEEL YOKE 3 Spline TOYOTA STYLE FLANGE 6 Spline P/N /8-3 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint P/N /8-3 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 350, 3/6 Joint Option 85 Involute spline yoke for gundrilled lower shaft. P/N 3566 is standard on Xtremeliner Rears. STEEL YOKE 6 Spline P/N 336 3/8-6 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint Available for only JOURNAL ASSEMBLY P/N Series /6 Diameter w/ Grease Fitting P/N Series /6 Diameter w/o Grease Fitting P/N Series 3/6 Diameter w/ Grease Fitting STEEL FLANGED YOKE P/N Diameter, 6 Spline Yoke Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint Use P/N 33 Strap Kit Fits Quick Change Option 8 P/N 5856 For Front Quick Change Use Dana Series 30, /6 Joint U - BOLT KITS YOKE ACCESSORIES STRAP KIT RETAINING WASHER & SCREW A B Kits Includes: - U-Bolts - Lock Washers - Hex Nuts Torque: 5 Ft Lbs P/N A B SERIES JOURNAL DIAMETER /6 5855L / /6 P/N 33 For 30 Series Journal Assemblies Only P/N 503 Retaining Washer P/N 09Y 3/8- X HHCS 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

46 6 CENTER COMPONENTS SEAL PLATES Kit Includes DESCRIPTION P/N QTY Seal Plate 655 Seal,.35 0 Retaining Ring 653 O Ring 8 Shim P/N Non-Quick Change w/ Seal 0 Spline, st Generation P/N /8 Quick Change (Open Drive) w/ Seal Lightweight Kit Includes DESCRIPTION P/N QTY Seal Plate 685-0M Seal,.50 0T Seal,.50, Viton 0V O Ring Kit Includes DESCRIPTION P/N QTY Seal Plate 335 Seal, O Ring 8 P/N 330 Quick Change Diecast, Lightweight Aluminum Seal Plate Kit Includes DESCRIPTION P/N QTY Seal Plate 508-0ML Seal,.50 0T Seal,.50, Viton 0V Retaining Ring 65 O Ring Lightweight P/N 508L Diecast, Lightweight Aluminum Seal Plate Standard equipment on 0 Quick Change (Open Drive) Use Bolt P/N 0 Add Option 899 for Viton Seal Kit Includes DESCRIPTION P/N QTY Seal Plate 508-0M Seal,.50 0T Seal,.50, Viton 0V Retaining Ring 65 O Ring Solid P/N Quick Change (Open Drive) w/ Seal Option 868 for applications requiring solid seal plate Add Option 899 for Viton Seal BOLT KITS DESCRIPTION P/N OPTION 0 Thrubolt Kit, Steel Thrubolt Kit, Titanium 80T 86 0 Thrubolt Kit, Steel, Non-Quick Change Thrubolt Kit, Titanium, Non-Quick Change 8T 86-NQC 0 Thrubolt Kit, Titanium, Front Quick Change 8T 8 DESCRIPTION P/N OPTION 8 3/8 & Side Bell Stud Kit, Steel /8 & Side Bell Stud Kit, Titanium 9T 83 DESCRIPTION P/N OPTION /6-0 x 5 / HHCS, Titanium Thrubolt 6T /6-0 x 6 / HHCS, Titanium Thrubolt *6TL * Used for Bracket Mounts Option 89 6 Thrubolt, Steel Only (Specify Qty.) Option 89L 6 / Thrubolt, Steel Only (Specify Qty.) OIL SCREEN #6 AN Inlet & Outlet Port ASSEMBLY P/N 30 See Page 3 for available Oil Pumps Assembly Includes /-0 x pt 59 8 Screen Half, Drilled Filter Screen w/ O Ring 3838 Screen Half, Tapped Mounting Bracket Straight Mounting Bracket Micron Screen 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

47 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS BREATHERS 3 P/N 966 Illustration above shows location when installed. O Ring 805 AN Fitting Tube Adapter 80 Poly Tubing, 6 Length Illustration above shows location when installed. 3/8 Pipe Fitting 808 Tube Adapter 80 3 Poly Tubing, 6 Length 805 P/N 966T Non AN O Ring Port. Use on 3/8 Pipe Thread Applications. Illustration above shows location when installed. O Ring 805 Adapter Plug, Breather Fitting, Breather 80S Poly Tubing, 6 Length 805 P/N For use on Centers with 6 Bolt Cover Option. DIRT MODIFIED DRIVE LINE Aluminum 3 Spline Slip Yoke, Timed 865-3Timed * Drive Shaft, Gundrilled, 3-3 Spline 599-XX * Drive Shaft, Titanium, Gundrilled, 3-3 Spline 599TG 3 U-Bolt Assembly 3655M Washer Retaining Ring Drive Line Spring * Specify Length When Ordering KIT P/N 9380 Gundrilled from solid stock, this 3 spline drive shaft has several advantages. Compared to the antiquated 6 spline assembly, which binds under load, this updated 3 spline assembly glides effortlessly. A large (.5) O.D. results in less drive shaft whip, extended joint life and reduced drive shaft vibration. This results in a much freer race car. Kit includes () Aluminum 3 Spline Slip Yokes, () 3-3 Spline Drive Shaft, () U-Bolt Assemblies and () Drive Line Springs. LOCK TABS P/N 3 Keeps pinion retainer plate bolts from coming loose. P/N 0 For 8 Quick Change Keeps pinion retainer plate bolts from coming loose. Must use in conjunction with P/N 03 Lock Tab. P/N 03 For 8 Quick Change Keeps pinion retainer plate bolts from coming loose. Must use in conjunction with P/N 0 Lock Tab. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

48 I BELLS All bells shown on this page are available in magnesium or aluminum unless specified otherwise. When ordering magnesium add prefix K to P/N. Example: K PLEASE NOTE: Side Bell O Ring P/N differs depending on the year of your rear end assembly. Please measure the depth of the O Ring groove to ensure proper replacement Deep = P/N Deep = P/N 03T 0 8 RIB BELLS Plug P/N 8S Plug P/N 8S 9 lbs. 9 oz. 0 lbs. 3 oz. 8 lbs. 9 oz. 9 lbs. 6 oz. 8 lbs. 5 oz. 9 lbs. oz. Permanent Mold Aluminum Magnesium Only 0 8 RIB BELLS 0 6 RIB BELLS lbs. oz 8 lbs. oz. 8 lbs. oz. 9 lbs. oz. lbs. 9 oz. Magnesium Only Permanent Mold Aluminum For use with pump 0 6 RIB BELL 0 RIB BELLS 3 XTREMELINER RIGHT SIDE BELL 5 Port for Breather Assembly P/N 966. See page for more details. 8 lbs. oz. 9 lbs. 6 oz. 3 lbs. 8 oz. FRONT Magnesium Only 0 BELL BOLT CIRCLE TOP BOTTOM R S E N T W REAR The bolt circle for a Full Size 0 Bell is on.53 # DESCRIPTION P/N PLUG O RING OPTION ** 8 Rib Bell, Left T 855PHD ** 8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right T 855PHD 3** 8 Rib Bell, Left 080M T 855PMHD ** 8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right 083M 36 03T 855PMHD 5 8 Rib Bell, Left K T Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right K T 855P 8 Rib Bell, Lightweight, Left K506-0M T 855PM 8* 8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Lightweight, Right K T 855PM 9 6 Rib Bell, Left T 886P 0* 6 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right 663-0B 36 03T 886P * 6 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, For Pump, Right T Rib Bell, Magnesium, Left K T 886P 3 Rib Bell, Left T 836 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right 669-0B 36 03T 836P 5** 8 Rib Bell w/ Inspection Plug, Right * Available only with Inspection Plug. ** Available in Aluminum Only. NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum except # s 5, 6,, 8 &. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

49 BELLS 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS When installing a tube in a bell, place the tube in a 5 gallon bucket of ice. Heat the bell in an oven to F. Lubricate the bell bore and drop the tube into the bell. DO NOT TORCH! Annealing and/or cracking will occur. Fact: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum. Example: Rib Side Bell weighs lbs oz. The same bell in magnesium, P/N K506-0 weighs 8 lbs oz. 8 3/8 MINI BELLS 6 8 BELLS 9 5 lbs. 5 oz. 5 lbs. 5 oz. lbs. 3 oz. lbs. oz. 0 V8 RIB BELL # DESCRIPTION P/N PLUG O RING 6* Mini Quick Change Bell, Left S 5 6* Mini Non-Quick Change Bell, Left S 5 * Mini Non-Quick Change Bell, Right S 5 8* Quick Change Bell, Left * Quick Change, Right & 8S 335 0** V8 Quick Change Bell, Left & Right V S 5 6 lbs. oz. * Available in Magnesium & Aluminum. ** Available in Aluminum Only. Available only with Inspection Plug. NOTE: All weights listed are in aluminum. When ordering magnesium, add prefix K to P/N. Example: K9-0 AXLE/TUBE SEALS REPLACEMENT SEAL P/N 6 Winters offers two designs of Axle/Tube Seals to prevent oil in the rear from entering the side tubes. The Aluminum Case Seal incorporates o rings to seal in the side tube I.D. The lighter, Stamped Steel Case Seal press fits into the side tube much like a conventional oil seal to ensure positive stability. Both styles use a flexible lip with garter spring to grip the axle shaft. A must for use with non-aluminum spool rear ends # DESCRIPTION P/N WALL TUBE I.D. O RING CASE INTERNAL SEAL Aluminum Case, Aluminum Tube Aluminum Case, Steel Tube Aluminum Case, Steel Tube Aluminum Case, Steel Tube Steel Case, Steel Tube Steel Case, Aluminum Tube Aluminum Case, Steel Tube V 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

50 50 BELL COMPONENTS LEVEL AND INSPECTION PLUGS A 3 5 # DESCRIPTION APPLICATION P/N THREAD O RING Level Plug, Aluminum 0, 8 3/8 & AL 3/8 NPT A Level Plug w/ O Ring, Steel 0, 8 3/8, & V8 Center 8S 9/ Level Plug w/ O Ring, Steel 8 Center, 8 Rib Perm. Mold Bells 8035 / * Inspection Plug w/ O Ring 0 Center & Side Bell 36 5/8-53 * Inspection Plug w/ O Ring V8 8 3/8 Center & Side Bell 363 /6-5 5 Inspection Plug w/ O Ring & Fitting /8 Front Quick Change Cooler 590FQC 5/8-53 * For use with socket. O RINGS SIDE BELL SEALS BEARING RACE 8 9 9A 0 RING GEAR ADJUSTMENT SCREW KITS TUBE & BELL THRU-BOLT KITS Option /-83 One Tube & Bell Assembly, & 6 Rib Option /-83-8 One Tube & Bell Assembly, 8 Rib P/N 3 P/N 6 P/N 55 3 P/N 3 P/N 6 P/N 69 P/N 500 P/N 83 & 6 Rib Bells Kit Includes 6 ea Rib, ea 6 Rib: P/N 908 3/8- Locknut, P/N 3/8 SAE Washer, P/N 86 3/8 Serrated Belleville Lockwasher, P/N 85 3/8- x /6 HHCS P/N Rib Bells Kit Includes 6 ea: P/N 908 3/8- Locknut, P/N 3/8 SAE Washer, P/N 86 3/8 Serrated Belleville Lockwasher, P/N 869 3/8- x / HHCS P/N 500 For installation instructions, refer to 0 Set-up, page 5, Step #. Please Note: When using 8 Ring & Pinion, Thrust Block is not required. # DESCRIPTION APPLICATION P/N 8 Side Bell O Ring 0 8 Rib Side Bells 03 8 Side Bell O Ring 0 & 6 Rib Side Bells 03T 8 Side Bell O Ring V8 & Mini 8 3/8 5 8 Side Bell O Ring Quick Change Side Bell Seal 0, V8, Mini 8 3/8 & 05 9A Side Bell Seal, Viton 0, V8, Mini 8 3/8 & 83V 0 Bearing Race 0,, 6 & 8 Rib Side Bells, V8 & Mini 8 3/8 30 Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt Kit & 6 Rib Side Bells 83 Tube & Bell Thru-Bolt Kit 8 Rib Side Bells 83-8 Ring Gear Adjustment Screw Kit 0 8 Rib Side Bells 55 Ring Gear Adjustment Screw Kit 0 & 6 Rib Side Bells Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

51 GEAR COVER COMPONENTS 5 BEARING CAPS GASKETS V Option 8 3 Option 8 STANDARD HIGH NUT SHORT HIGH NUT 5 DESCRIPTION P/N Steel 9 Chrome 9C Blue 9AB Black 9ABK Polished 9AC Gold 9AG Purple 9AP Red 9AR DESCRIPTION P/N 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud 80 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud, Titanium 80T Steel High Nut Kit Option 80 DESCRIPTION P/N 5/6 Dia. Steel Ball 398 Standard High Nut Kits Kits include High Nuts, Studs & Steel Balls (0 each). DESCRIPTION P/N Black 9ASBK Metallic 9ASM Red 9ASR DESCRIPTION P/N 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud 80 3/8-6 x 3/ Stud, Titanium 80T DESCRIPTION P/N 5/6 Dia. Steel Ball 398 Option 80S Shorter high nuts increase fuel cell clearance! Short High Nut Kits Kits include High Nuts, Studs & Steel Balls (0 each). DESCRIPTION KIT P/N Metallic 6390A Blue 6390AB Black 6390ABK Chrome 6390AC DESCRIPTION KIT P/N Gold 6390AG Purple 6390AP Red 6390AR Steel Chrome 6390C DESCRIPTION Black Metallic Red KIT P/N 6390ASBK 6390ASM 6390ASR COVER BOLT KITS 6 (6 of each) HIGH NUT ALTERNATIVES 8 GEAR COVER O RING LEVEL PLUG Option 80AC Kit Includes: 0- P/N 9 Studs 0- P/N Washers 0- P/N 9 Acorn Nuts Option 80FL Kit Includes: 0- P/N 9 Studs 0- P/N 806 Flanged Nuts 0 9 # DESCRIPTION P/N Sprint Bearing Cap 66 O Ring, Standard Cover 6 O Ring, Heavy Duty Cover 06 3 Back-up Ring, Needed with P/N Bearing Cap Bolt, Standard Cover 8 Bearing Cap Bolt, Heavy Duty Cover Mini Bearing Cap O Ring, Mini Bearing Cap Bearing Cap Bolt, Mini Deep & Super Gear Cover Gasket 6 9 Sprint Center Gear Cover Gasket 69 0 Sprint Center Gear Cover Heavy Duty Gasket 69HD Front Quick Change Gear Cover Gasket 6-FQC Mini 8 3/8 /V8 Gear Cover Gasket 603 * Specify Color # DESCRIPTION P/N Steel Shim w/ Durable Seal-Tite Facing 603HD 3 Quick Change Gear Cover Gasket 333 Steel High Nut & Stud Kit 6390 * Aluminum High Nut & Stud Kit 6390A * Aluminum High Nut & Titanium Stud Kit 6390AT 5* Aluminum Short High Nut & Stud Kit 6 Bolt & Washer Kit, Deep Cover 66A 6 Bolt & Washer Kit, Heavy Duty Super Cover 66B Acorn Nut Gear Cover Mounting Kit Flanged Nut Gear Cover Mounting Kit 93 9 Level Plug, For Cover P/N 66 8S 0 O Ring, For Cover P/N 83 & 83S 80 0 O Ring, For Cover P/N O Ring, For Cover P/N Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

52 5 GEAR COVERS STANDARD P/N 66 HEAVY DUTY P/N 6630 SPRINT CENTER P/N 6508 Gasket P/N 69 or P/N 69HD Gasket P/N 69 or P/N 69HD 3 Gasket P/N 69 or P/N 69HD Shown With Option 808-C Thermal Dispersant Shown With Option 808-C Thermal Dispersant SPRINT CENTER P/N 336 SPRINT CENTER, 6 BOLT P/N 5 INTEGRAL PUMP P/N 39-0 Gasket P/N 69 or P/N 69HD 5 6 Gasket P/N 69 or P/N 69HD O Ring P/N 8 Gasket P/N 85 DEEP P/N 505HD* SPRINT CENTER, 6 BOLT SHORT P/N 00 BILLET ALUMINUM P/N 83S Gasket P/N O Ring P/N 86 Gasket P/N 8 O Ring P/N 80 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

53 GEAR COVERS 53 BILLET ALUMINUM WITH O RING P/N 83 FRONT QC P/N K30 0 Gasket P/N 6-FQC O Ring Groove O Ring P/N 80 (st Generation) O Ring P/N 88 (nd Generation) Shown Black Anodized. Also Available In Silver. Please Specify Finish When Ordering. Shown With Option 808-C Thermal Dispersant CUSTOM ENGRAVING P/N 83L Option 85BL Whether you re building a new rear or buying a new gear cover, this is the cover of choice. Machined from billet aluminum, with over 5 cooling fins, internal bearing retainers and optional logo makes this the coolest cover ever made. Tell us what you want on your cover- Sponsors Name/Logo, Drivers Name, Car Number, etc. and we ll custom machine to your specs. Please Note: Artwork files need to be sent in an Adobe Illustrator (.ai) File (Preferred), JPEG or PDF Format. STANDARD 8 3/8 & V8 P/N K695 Gasket P/N 603 FINNED 8 3/8 & V8 P/N 35 Gasket P/N 603 or P/N 603HD 3 or P/N 603HD STANDARD P/N 33 Gasket P/N 333 Shown With Option 808-C Thermal Dispersant # DESCRIPTION ASSEMBLY BARE BEARING BEARING CAP CAP BACK-UP PLUG RETAINER RETAINER OPTION COVER P/N CAP BOLT O RING RING P/N BOLT Standard Lightweight Aluminum Sprint Cover, Tumbled S Heavy Duty Aluminum Sprint Center Cover HD Aluminum Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing Magnesium Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing K6508 K Aluminum Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing, Retainers Magnesium Sprint Center Cover, Large Ball Bearing, Retainers K336 K Billet Aluminum Sprint Center Cover, 6 Bolt, Large Ball Bearing 5 5B Aluminum Sprint Center with Integral Pump * Aluminum Deep Cover with Ball Bearings 505HD 50HD B Sprint Center Gear Cover, 6 Bolt Short 00 00B Billet Aluminum Gear Cover 83S 8S BS 0 Billet Aluminum Gear Cover with O Ring B Magnesium Front Quick Change Cover K30 K , S Magnesium Mini 8 3/8 & V8 Center Cover K695 K Straight Finned Mini 8 3/8 & V8 Center Cover with Bearing Retainers Quick Change Cover, nd Generation,.0 Bearing O.D B * Supercedes P/N 50 Gear Cover using P/N 33 Bearings 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

54 5 3 SIDE TUBES & SPINDLES WIDE 5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS When installing a tube in a bell, place the tube in a 5 gallon bucket of ice. Heat the bell in an oven to F. Lubricate the bell bore and drop the tube into the bell. DO NOT TORCH! Annealing and/or cracking will occur..00 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness Option Wall Thickness Option 80 Piece Aluminum Tubes Option 80-TON Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton Option / 80-TON Piece Aluminum Tube, Ton, One Side Only Available in Gold, Red, Purple, Blue or Black Stainless Steel Sleeve P/N 536 Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Inner P/N 305 Seal P/N 53 Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Outer P/N 306 Tab Washer P/N 308 Lockwasher P/N 30 Locknut P/N 309 #0- x 3/8 BHCS P/N 80 WALL THICKNESS COMPARISON TON WIDE 5 P/N 33 & 33L STANDARD 3/ TON WIDE 5 P/N 66 & 66L When Ordering Wide 5 Hubs for One Ton Tube & Spindle Add: P/N 605-TON Lock Kit w/ Seal P/N 59 Spindle Nut/Washer Kit Option 85-TON Wide 5 Hub w/ Ton Bearings, Races & Lock Kit Option 9 Wide 5 One Ton Races & Bearings Installed See Page for more information. Ton Spindle Nut Socket P/N 5 3 Option 838 Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles B DIMENSION Please Order Tubes Using This Dimension The inner bearing shoulder is what locates all hub assemblies. Remove hub assembly and measure from edge of the bell to inner bearing shoulder. Add the 5 of tube that is in the bell to come up with the tube length. Specify inner bearing to end of tube. End of tube to inner bearing shoulder Option 83 / Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Wide 5 One Piece Aluminum Tube & Spindle Straight 66 One Piece One Piece * Wide 5 One Piece Aluminum Tube & Spindle Straight 66L One Piece One Piece NEW Wide 5 One Piece Aluminum Tube & Spindle, Ton Straight 33 One Piece One Piece * NEW Wide 5 One Piece Aluminum Tube & Spindle, Ton Straight 33L One Piece One Piece 3 Wide 5 Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle Straight Wide 5 Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle A Wide 5 Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle.0 0A Wide 5 Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle.5 5A / Wide 5 Aluminum Tube & Spindle Straight One Piece One Piece * For Tube Lengths 3 / and Longer, Using B Dimension END TO END TUBE LENGTH Measure from end of tube to edge of bell. Add the 5 of tube that is in the bell. Specify end to end measurements. See pages 08- for Dimensional Data. See Page 06 for Camber Options LOCK NUT KITS P/N 865A Aluminum Nut w/ Socket Head Screws P/N 865A- Aluminum Nut w/ Button Head Screws P/N 865 Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws P/N 865- Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws SPINDLE NUT/ LOCK WASHER P/N 50 Spindle Nut ( per Spindle) P/N 5095 Spindle Lock Washer 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

55 3 SIDE TUBES & SPINDLES 55 / GN 5 ON 5.00 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness Option Wall Thickness Option 80 Piece Aluminum Tube SPINDLE NUT/ LOCK WASHER P/N 03-0 Right Spindle Nut P/N 03-0 Left Spindle Nut P/N 8 Spindle Lock Washer # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right Straight 505R / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left Straight 505L / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.0 60R 383-0R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.0 60L 383-0L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.5 65R 383-5R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.5 65L 383-5L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.8 68R 383-8R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.8 68L 383-8L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.0 60R 383-0R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.0 60L 383-0L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.5 65R 383-5R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.5 65L 383-5L 50 / GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right Straight 65R One Piece One Piece / GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left Straight 65L One Piece One Piece DOUBLE LIPPED SEAL P/N / Double Lipped Seal with Spring Seal Retainer. Seals around the axle. See Pages 08- for Dimensional Data Shown with REQUIRED Tube Spacer P/N 36. MUST USE Seal P/N 89V with Tube Spacer. Option Wall Thickness Option 839 Aluminum Option 863 Steel /8 WIDE 5 # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE * /8 Tetrad Tube Straight 36T One Piece One Piece /8 Aluminum Side Tube Straight 36 One Piece One Piece /8 Steel Side Tube Straight 39 One Piece One Piece *Must Use Tube Spacer Add Option / 838 for Splined Tube See Page 6 for 5 x 5 /8 Tube P/N NOTE: Seal P/N 89V is Required When Using Tube Spacer P/N 36 (Tube Spacer O Ring P/N 90). SUPER SPEEDWAY See Page 06 for Camber Options See Pages 08- for Dimensional Data DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly Straight 900R 89R 50 Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly Straight 900L 89L 50 Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Right.5 95R -5R 50 Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Left.5 95L -5L 50 Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Right.8 98R -8R 50 Super Speedway Steel Tube Assembly, Left.8 98L -8L 50 SPINDLE NUT/ LOCK WASHER P/N Right Spindle Nut P/N Left Spindle Nut P/N 983 Spindle Lock Washer SHORT WIDE 5 DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE Short Wide 5 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight Option 836 Short Wide 5 Tubes Option Wall Thickness Please Order Tubes Using B Dimension See page 5 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

56 56 3 SIDE TUBES STOCK FORD STYLE BEARING ENDS.35 Big Ford Small Ford Big Ford (Torino) BOLT TUBE ASSEMBLY 8 BOLT TUBE THICK FLANGE SPINDLE BOLTS 8 Bolt Thick Flange P/N 83 Steel Tube P/N Aluminum Tube 5 6 Option 83 Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included) See Pages 08- for Dimensional Data Referred to as Thick Available in Gold or Black 8 BOLT TUBE THIN FLANGE SPINDLE BOLTS 8 Bolt Thin Flange P/N 90 Steel Tube P/N 90A Aluminum Tube 8.00 Standard Wall Thickness.50 Standard Wall Thickness Option Wall Thickness Option 890A Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Aluminum Tubes (Spindles Not Included) See Pages 08- for Dimensional Data 9 Option 890 Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included) Referred to as Thin Please Order Tubes Using B Dimension See page 5 # DESCRIPTION P/N ASSEM P/N TUBE END P/N TUBE Ford Large Bearing Side Tube Assembly, Ford Small Bearing Side Tube Assembly, Ford Big Bearing Side Tube Assembly, 3.50, Torino Bolt Wide 5 Tube Assembly Bolt / GN Tube Assembly Bolt Wide 5 Steel Tube Assembly for Bearing Mount, Thick Flange Bolt Wide 5 Aluminum Tube Assembly for Bearing Mount, Thick Flange 6603 One Piece One Piece 8 Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, GN Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, Wide 5 00-W Bolt Thin Flange Aluminum Tube Assembly, GN 00A One Piece One Piece 8 8 Bolt Thin Flange Aluminum Tube Assembly, Wide 5 00A-W5 One Piece One Piece 9 8 Bolt Thin Flange Steel Tube Assembly, / GN Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

57 BOLT-ON SPINDLES 5 WIDE 5 3 NOTE: Spindle Bolts Sold Separately. See Below For Availability. # P/N CAMBER P/N TUBE (Reference Only) 6600 Straight 65/6603/00A-W5/00-W5 660 Straight 65/6603/00A-W5/00-W5 660HT Straight 65/6603/00A-W5/00-W5 * Includes Bearing Sleeve P/N 6993 & O Ring P/N 6 HT = Heat Treat # P/N CAMBER P/N TUBE (Reference Only) 3* 660C /6603/00A-W5/00-W5 3* 660C-0HT 65/6603/00A-W5/00-W5 3* 660C-5HT.5 65/6603/00A-W5/00-W5 GN 5 ON 5 NOTE: Spindle Bolts Sold Separately. See Below For Availability. # P/N CAMBER P/N TUBE (Reference Only) * 38 Straight 00/00A * /00A * /00A * /00A * /00A * /00A * Includes Bearing Sleeve P/N 0 & O Ring P/N 6 / GN 5 ON 5 # P/N CAMBER P/N TUBE (Reference Only) * 385-5R.5 Right 39 * 385-5L.5 Left Straight (R) Straight (L) 505 * Includes Bearing Sleeve P/N & O Ring P/N 6 NOTE: Spindle Bolts Sold Separately. See Below For Availability. SPINDLE BOLTS ATTENTION IF ORDERING BOLT-ON SPINDLES, SPINDLE BOLTS ARE SOLD SEPARATELY. Please select from the P/N s at right the bolts that best suit your application. SPINDLE BOLTS 8 Bolt Thick Flange P/N 83 Steel Tube P/N Aluminum Tube SPINDLE BOLTS 8 Bolt Thin Flange P/N 90 Steel Tube P/N 90A Aluminum Tube P/N / Double Lipped Seal with Spring Seal Retainer. Seals around the axle. LOW DRAG! Option 85S-XX Angular contact brgs w/ steel balls, Hub XX = W5 (Wide 5 Hub) = ( Hub) = 5 (.5 Hub) = 8 (.85 Hub) = DM (Direct Mount Hub) See Page 8 for Individual Bearings 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

58 58 3 SIDE TUBES & SPINDLES GN 5 ON 5 See Page 06 for Camber Options Option 80 Piece Aluminum Tube 3 Option 838 Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly GN Aluminum Tube & Spindle Straight 686 One Piece One Piece 3 GN Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle Straight GN Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle A GN Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle.0 50A /8 5 ON 5 # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM /8 Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight 396 BABY GRAND Option 838 Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE Baby Grand Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight Baby Grand Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Baby Grand Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle Straight See Page 06 for Camber Options See Pages 08- for Dimensional Data 3 # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE / Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight / Tube & Spindle Assembly / Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight 3363A One Piece One Piece 3 / Tube & Spindle Assembly, Toyota Style Ends N/A Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

59 3 TUBES & BELLS Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness Shown with Pinion Inspection Plug TUBE & BELL THRU-BOLT KITS Option /-83 One Tube & Bell Assembly, & 6 Rib Option /-83-8 One Tube & Bell Assembly, 8 Rib P/N 83 & 6 Rib Bells Kit Includes 6 ea Rib, ea 6 Rib: P/N 908 3/8- Locknut, P/N 3/8 SAE Washer, P/N 86 3/8 Serrated Belleville Lockwasher, P/N 85 3/8- x /6 HHCS RIB BELL & TUBE 6 RIB BELL & TUBE 8 RIB BELL & TUBE V8 RIB BELL & TUBE P/N Rib Bells Kit Includes 6 ea: P/N 908 3/8- Locknut, P/N 3/8 SAE Washer, P/N 86 3/8 Serrated Belleville Lockwasher, P/N 869 3/8- x / HHCS ORDERING INFORMATION When ordering, provide length of tube using B dimension (see below). Refer to pages 08- for Dimensional Data. Refer to page 06 for available camber and page 03 for option numbers. For Cambered Tube & Bell Assembly use specification form on page 0. For Ordering Tube and Bell Assembly With Magnesium Bell add prefix K to P/N. Example: K36 For Ordering Tube & Bell Assembly With Aluminum Tube installed add suffix A to P/N. Example: K36A Aluminum /8 Wide 5 add Option / 839 Steel /8 5 on 5 add Option / Splined Tube add Option / 838 *8 Bolt Thin Flange add Option / Wall Thickness add Option / Tetrad Tube add Option / 99 6 Rib Bell Assembly Standard with Inspection Plug For an 8 Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, add Option 855P For an Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, add Option 836P For an 8 Rib Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, Machined (Lightweight) add Option 855PM For an 8 Rib, Heavy Duty, Permanent Mold, Right Side Bell with Inspection Plug, add Option 855PMHD When ordering tube and bell assembly for a Front Quick Change Please Note: Right Side Bell is mounted to Left Side and Left Side Bell is mounted to Right Side. *.00 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness DESCRIPTION SIDE WIDE 5 GN / GN 8 BOLT BOLT Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right 36* * Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left 3* * Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left Mini QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right Mini QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left V8 QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Right V8-6 V8-50 V8- V8-8 V8- V8 QC Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube Left V8- V8-5 V8-5 V8-9 V8-3 *.00 Standard Steel Tube Wall Thickness REAR TUBE & BELL ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION SIDE P/N 6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Baby Grand Spindles Right Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Baby Grand Spindles Left 38 6 Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Toyota Style Ends Right Rib Aluminum Bell with Steel Tube, Toyota Style Ends Left 389 B DIMENSION Please Order Tubes Using This Dimension The inner bearing shoulder is what locates all hub assemblies. Remove End of tube to inner bearing shoulder hub assembly and measure from edge of the bell to inner bearing shoulder. Add the 5 of tube that is in the bell to come up with the tube length. Specify inner bearing to end of tube. IMPORTANT When replacing the tube and bell assembly, check side bell preload and backlash. Install the O Ring and seal. If left bell, install thrustblock. Torque thrubolts to 35 Ft. Lbs. Snug left bell adjusting bolt, then back it off a / turn. Thread lock the jam nut with the red stuff! 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

60 60 5 ON 5 & 5 ON 3/ HUB ASSEMBLIES ASSEMBLIES P/N 55C - 5 On 5 Coarse Thread P/N 55F - 5 On 5 Fine Thread P/N 566C - 5 On 3/ Coarse Thread P/N 566F - 5 On 3/ Fine Thread FITS / GN SPINDLE Hub & Drive Flange Only 9 lbs 0 oz! Investment Cast, 0 heat treated steel. Complete assembly as shown, including spline drive flange, weighs lbs 3 oz. LB WEIGHT SAVINGS! Complete 5 on 5 Assembly Shown with Option 93 Scalloped Drive Flange and Option 90 Platinum Series upgrade. Option 90 The superior quality of this 5 on 5 hub is unmatched! This investment cast, 0 heat treated steel hub, featuring 3/ long studs, is available as a premium upgrade to our standard 5 on 5 hubs found on page 60. / GN Spindle Nut Socket P/N Rotor Option See Pg Retaining Ring 6 Seal 0 3 Bearing Cone 30 Bearing Cup 30 5 Hub, 5 on 3/ Hub, 5 on /8-8 x 3 Stud, Fine /8- x 3 Stud, Coarse on 3/ Stud, Fine 88F on 3/ Stud, Coarse 88C 5 5/8- Lug Nut 5 5 Assembly Includes 8 Bearing Lock Washer 8 9 O Ring, Hub, 5 on O Ring, Hub, 5 on 3/ 9 0 Flange, 5 on 3/ Flange, 5 on /6-8 x 5/8 FHCS 93 O Ring, Dust Cap 9 3 Red Dust Cap 6 0- x 3/8 SHCS 938* 3 5 Rotor Option See Pg 6 * P/N 938 Supercedes P/N HUBS, ROTORS & AXLES OPTIONS Add one of the options listed below to your rear end assembly and receive () 5 on 5 Hub Kits P/N 55C, () Rotors P/N 39GM* and () Axles P/N 506. * See page 86 for available Rotors. Specify Length Option 80 / GN, 5 on 5 Option / GN, 5 on 3/ PRESS-IN STUDS KIT P/N 890 (Not Sold Individually) Option 93 Installed In Hub Need Longer Studs? Kit includes 5 replacement studs longer. Size: 5/8- x SCREW-IN STUDS KIT P/N 89 (Not Sold Individually) Option 9 Installed In Hub / GN LOCKNUT KIT P/N /8- x /8 Kit Includes Lockwasher 0 / GN Steel Locknut 08 3 Tab Washer x / BHCS 839 Option 88 Gundrilled Axles LOW DRAG! Option 85S-5 Super Free Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Option 9 Low Friction Seal (P/N 0LF) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

61 PRO ELIMINATOR /8 HUB ASSEMBLY 6 ASSEMBLIES P/N 3935C - Coarse Thread P/N 3935F - Fine Thread FITS /8 TUBES Uses Standard 8 Bolt Rotor This super trick hub assembly comes standard with free spinning /8 Roller Bearings. The Inverted Drive Flange uses lighter, shorter axles. This /8 hub assembly, combined with P/N 396 /8 5 on 5 Steel Side Tube & Spindle Assembly, saves an additional 5 lbs. of rotating and unsprung weight per rear end assembly! ONLY FROM WINTERS! LB WEIGHT SAVINGS! Assembly Shown with Option Scalloped 5 on 5 Drive Flange. Rear Hub 360 O Ring 83 3 Bearing Cup 868- Bearing Cone /8- Wheel Stud, Coarse 88C 5 5 5/8-8 Wheel Stud, Fine 88F 5 6 Oil Seal 8V Retaining Ring Washer 33 9 Spindle Nut 3 Assembly Includes * For Reference Only. Not Included In Assembly /8-6 Pitch Thread 0 0- x 3/8 BHCS 80 Drive Flange 360 Red Dust Cap 6 3 5/6-8 x 5/8 FHCS x 3/8 SHCS O Ring 9 6 5/8- x Lug Nut 5 5 Rotor Option See Below 8* /8 5 on 5 Steel Tube 396 /8 5 ON 5 STEEL TUBE & SPINDLE ASSEMBLY P/N Less Drag, 5 Lighter & Faster! The Pro Eliminator /8 Hub Assembly uses XXL tapered bearings and races or optional angular contact bearings. 6 3 Rotor Option See Below Inside View Shown INVERTED DRIVE FLANGE P/N 360 Stronger, Lighter, Better Balance! The Pro Eliminator inverted drive flange uses shorter axles and fits /8 hubs. SCREW-IN STUDS KIT P/N 89 (Not Sold Individually) Option 9 Installed In Hub 5/8- x /8 LOW DRAG! Option 85S-8 Super Free Angular Contact Bearings with Steel Balls, Hub Dust Cap Replacement Kit P/N 30 Aluminum Steel Spindle Lock Kit P/N 30 Aluminum P/N 30S Steel SPINDLE NUT WRENCH PLATE P/N 369 ROTOR OPTIONS (Additional Charge See Page 86) Rotor options applicable with hub assembly purchase only. OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N x / x 3/ 39GM 83 / x 3/ 6608GM OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N *83L / x 3/ 6608GML *8L.80 x 3/ 39GML * Drilled Rotor 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

62 6 MAGNESIUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS REAR KIT-8 BOLT KIT P/N K35 (# -) Kit includes cast magnesium hub, 8 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Lug Nuts Not Included 6 lbs. Option 85-TON Ton Bearing, Race & Lock Kit Installed Option 9 Ton Bearing & Race Installed 8 Rotor Option See Pg See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 0 3 P/N 9A Option 883X8 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern 5 Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating P/N X8 Option 89X8 Aluminum Drive Flange (page 0) Kit Includes Hub K6955HD Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange 50-0F /6- x / HHCS 8 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 8 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 P/N 66T Option 88X8 Titanium Drive Flange Studs FRONT KIT-PUSH IN CAP KIT P/N K35F (# -) Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, aluminum push in dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum locknut. Lug Nuts Not Included 5 lbs. 8 oz. 5 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs 3 3 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 0 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Kit Includes Front Hub K6955FHD Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS O Ring Cap 6 Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 5 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 Lug Nuts Not Included FRONT KIT-8 BOLT KIT P/N K35F-8 (# -5) Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, 8 bolt alumium dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. 6 lbs. 6 Rotor Option See Pg See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 0 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Kit Includes Hub K6955HD Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Gasket 5 Cap 509 /6- x / HHCS 8 3 Retaining Ring 838 Inner Bearing Cup 3 5 Outer Bearing Cup 33 6 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision. 8 9

63 REAR KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N K35 (# -) Kit includes cast magnesium hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Kit Includes Hub K36 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange 50-5 /6- x / HHCS 5 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 8 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 P/N 66T Option 88X5 Titanium Drive Flange Studs P/N Option 89X5 Aluminum Drive Flange (page 0) MAGNESIUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS 63 8 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info on 0 / Bolt Pattern 5 Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating P/N 9AX5 Option 883X5 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) Lug Nuts Not Included 5 lbs. oz. Option 85-TON Ton Bearing, Race & Lock Kit Installed Option 9 Ton Bearing & Race Installed FRONT KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N K35F (# -5) Kit includes cast magnesium front hub, 5 bolt alumium dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Kit Includes Hub K36 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Cap Gasket 3 /6- x / HHCS 5 3 Retaining Ring 838 Inner Bearing Cup 3 5 Outer Bearing Cup 33 6 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 6 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info on 0 / Bolt Pattern Lug Nuts Not Included 5 lbs. oz. Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating FRONT AND REAR-8 BOLT You decide which is best for your application. Lug Nuts Not Included Lug Nuts Not Included P/N K608 This heavy duty, full rim magnesium hub is as tough as it looks! Ideal for tabbed wheels, steel wheels. 0 lbs 8 oz P/N 655 This five sided, aluminum permanent mold hub works well with tabbed wheels, steel wheels. Complete with races & studs. 8 lbs oz 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

64 6 ALUMINUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS REAR KIT-8 BOLT KIT P/N 35 (# -6) Kit includes permanent mold aluminum hub, 8 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Lug Nuts Not Included lbs. oz. Option 85-TON Ton Bearing, Race & Lock Kit Installed Option 9 Ton Bearing & Race Installed Rotor Option See Pg See Below for Hub Offset Info on 0 / Bolt Pattern Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating P/N 9A Option 883X8 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) P/N X8 Option 89X8 Aluminum Drive Flange (page 0) Kit Includes Hub 6690 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Solid Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange 50-0F /6- x / HHCS 8 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Inner Bearing Cup 3 6 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 P/N 66T Option 88X8 Titanium Drive Flange Studs FRONT KIT-8 BOLT KIT P/N 35F (# -) Kit includes permanent mold aluminum hub, 8 bolt 05-T6 alumium front dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Lug Nuts Not Included lbs. oz. 5 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs 3 See Below for Hub Offset Info on 0 / Bolt Pattern Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Kit Includes Hub 6690 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Solid Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS 938 0* Cap 509-Color Gasket 5 /6- x / HHCS 8 3 Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 5 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 * Specify Color (see page ) CUP/CONE WIDTH BEARING SHOULDER WIDE 5 HUB BEARING TO WHEEL DIMENSIONAL OFFSET INFO WHEEL FACE BEARING SHOULDER A Pages 6-65 Pages & -3 CUP/CONE WIDTH A KIT HUB DIM A A KIT HUB DIM A K35 K6955HD 3 K05X8 K00X8 3 CUP/CONE WIDTH K35F K6955FHD 3 K05 K00 3 K35F-8 K6955HD 3 K05F K00F 3 K35 K36 3 K05FBO K00 3 K35F K / F F 366F X X F 6606-FX5 3 Pages 66-6 KIT HUB DIM A 53 /8 0 5 /8 53 /8 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision. WHEEL FACE BEARING SHOULDER WHEEL FACE

65 REAR KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N 355 (# -6) Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Kit Includes Hub 6606-X5 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Solid Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange 50-5 /6- x / HHCS 5 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Inner Bearing Cup 3 6 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 P/N 66T Option 88X5 Titanium Drive Flange Studs 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision Polished Finish! FRONT KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N 356 (# -) Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 alumium dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Kit Includes Hub 6606-X5 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Solid Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Cap Gasket 3 /6- x / HHCS 5 3 Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 5 Rotor Option See Pg Polished Finish! FRONT KIT KIT P/N 355F (# -3) Kit includes polished permanent mold alum. hub, push in alum. dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. Kit Includes Front Hub 6606-FX5 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0 Wheel Stud, Solid Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS O Ring Cap 6-0 Inner Bearing Cup 3 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 P/N Option 89X5 Aluminum Drive Flange (page 0) ALUMINUM WIDE 5 HUB KITS 65 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Rotor Option See Pg. 6 Rotor Option See Pg on 0 / Bolt Pattern Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info P/N 9AX5 Option 883X5 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Polished Finish! Lug Nuts Not Included lbs. 8 oz. Option 85-TON Ton Bearing, Race & Lock Kit Installed Option 9 Ton Bearing & Race Installed Lug Nuts Not Included lbs. 8 oz. Lug Nuts Not Included lbs. 6 oz.

66 66 TRACKSTAR 0 WIDE 5 HUB KITS LOW DRAG! 0 Spoke Wide 5 Hub Aluminum 0-T3 Forged Construction Oil or Grease Friendly Accepts Standard or Super Free Angular Contact Bearings Solid or Gundrilled Studs Available in Steel or Titanium Rear Hub with Gundrilled Studs & Races =.95 lbs. Front Hub with Gundrilled Studs & Races =.5 lbs. Option 85S-W5 Super Free Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub OIL LEVEL Option 88S-W5 REM Polished Tapered Bearings P/N 9AX5 Option 883X5 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) P/N 66T Option 88X5 Titanium Drive Flange Studs Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Option 85-TON Ton Bearing, Race & Lock Kit Installed Option 9 Ton Bearing & Race Installed Important Proper oil level is critical to the performance of these hubs. To fill, rotate the hub so the Oil Fill/Level Plug is positioned at 8 o clock. FRONT REAR Spindle FRONT: Fill until oil level reaches the bottom of the Oil Fill/Level Plug. Approx. 5 /-6 oz. REAR: Fill until oil level reaches the bottom of the Spindle. Approx. 5 /-6 oz. Over-filling will result in oil entering your side tubes. Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. NOTE: Positive & Negative Camber Will Effect Fluid Level. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

67 TRACKSTAR 0 WIDE 5 HUB KITS 6 Kit Includes Hub, Aluminum 53 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange Stud 66 5 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Washer Nut N 5 9 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Plug 85 O Ring 830 Flange Locator O Ring 90 5 Rotor Mount 55 6 /6- x / pt Rotor Option See Below Kit Includes Hub, Aluminum 5 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Screw-On Cap 399 O Ring 39 Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 6 O Ring 830 Plug 85 8 Rotor Mount 55 9 /6- x / pt Rotor Option See Below Kit Includes Hub, Aluminum 53 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Bolt-On Cap Gasket 3 /6- x / HHCS 5 3 Retaining Ring 838 Inner Bearing Cup 3 5 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Plug 85 8 O Ring Rotor Mount 55 0 /6- x / pt Rotor Option See Below 6 Torque Spec 60 ft lbs using Blue Loctite 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 9 Torque Spec 60 ft lbs using Blue Loctite 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern 0 Torque Spec 60 ft lbs using Blue Loctite 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Rotor Option See Below LOW DRAG! Option 85S-W5 Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Option 88S-W5 REM Polished Tapered Bearings See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Rotor Option See Below HUB WITH RACES, STUDS, & ROTOR MOUNT P/N 60 Gundrilled Studs P/N 60S Solid Studs See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 0 Rotor Option See Below HUB WITH RACES, STUDS, & ROTOR MOUNT P/N 6 Gundrilled Studs P/N 6S Solid Studs REAR KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N Gundrilled Studs (# -6) KIT P/N S Solid Studs (# -6) Kit includes hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, rotor mount, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. HUB WITH RACES, STUDS, & ROTOR MOUNT P/N 6 Gundrilled Studs P/N 6S Solid Studs FRONT KIT KIT P/N 0 Gundrilled Studs (# -9) KIT P/N 0S Solid Studs (# -9) Kit includes hub, screw on dust cap, rotor mount, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. FRONT KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N Gundrilled Studs (# -0) KIT P/N S Solid Studs (# -0) Kit includes hub, 5 bolt aluminum dust cap, rotor mount, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. ROTOR OPTIONS (Additional Charge See Page 86) Rotor options applicable with hub assembly purchase only. OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N x / x 3/ 39GM 83 / x 3/ 6608GM * Drilled Rotor OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N *83L / x 3/ 6608GML *8L.80 x 3/ 39GML 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

68 68 00 WIDE 5 HUB KITS REAR KIT-8 BOLT KIT P/N K05X8 Magnesium (# -3) KIT P/N K05SX8 Magnesium, with Solid Studs (# -3) KIT P/N 05X8 Aluminum (# -3) KIT P/N 05SX8 Aluminum, with Solid Studs (# -3) Kit includes hub, 8 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. 9 lbs. 9.6 oz (Aluminum) I Beam Spoke Construction Black Thermal Dispersant Coating Double Stepped Gundrilled Studs HUB WITH RACES AND STUDS P/N K00X8 Magnesium GD Studs P/N K00SX8 Magnesium Solid Studs P/N 00X8 Aluminum GD Studs P/N 00SX8 Aluminum Solid Studs 5 Rotor Option See Pg See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Closed Core Hub Design Along With Centrifugal Force Keeps Oil Exactly Where It Needs To Be! O Oil Fill OIL LEVEL REAR P/N 9A Option 883X8 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) Spindle PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL See page 9 for filling & oil level instructions. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. Kit Includes Hub, Magnesium K00X8 Hub, Aluminum 00X8 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange 50-0 Stud 66 8 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Washer Nut N 8 9 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Plug 8A O Ring 830 Flange Locator O Ring 90 5 Rotor Option See Pg 6 P/N 66T Option 88X8 Titanium Drive Flange Studs REAR KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N K05 Magnesium (# -3) KIT P/N K05S Magnesium, with Solid Studs (# -3) KIT P/N 05 Aluminum (# -3) KIT P/N 05S Aluminum, with Solid Studs (# -3) Kit includes hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 alumium drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. 9 lbs. 9.6 oz (Aluminum) HUB WITH RACES AND STUDS P/N K00 Magnesium GD Studs P/N K00S Magnesium Solid Studs P/N 00 Aluminum GD Studs P/N 00S Aluminum Solid Studs 5 Rotor Option See Pg See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern Oil Filled Hub Design Increases Bearing Life, Reduces Friction & Drag, Spins Freer & Runs Cooler! Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Kit Includes Hub, Magnesium K00 Hub, Aluminum 00 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Drive Flange Stud 66 8 O Ring 3 Flat Cap 3 /-0 x / pt Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Washer Nut N 5 9 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Plug 8A O Ring 830 Flange Locator O Ring 90 5 Rotor Option See Pg 6 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision. O Oil Fill OIL LEVEL REAR P/N 9AX5 Option 883X5 Aluminum Crown Spline Drive Flange (page 0) Spindle PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL See page 9 for filling & oil level instructions. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. P/N 66T Option 88X5 Titanium Drive Flange Studs

69 00 WIDE 5 HUB KITS 69 Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Oil Fill OIL LEVEL FRONT Kit Includes Hub, Magnesium K00F Hub, Aluminum 00F Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Screw On Cap 399 O Ring 39 Retaining Ring Inner Bearing Cup 3 Outer Bearing Cup 33 6 O Ring 830 Plug 8A 8 Rotor Option See Pg 6 FRONT REAR PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Spindle See page 9 for filling & oil level instructions. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. REAR PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL Oil Fill OIL LEVEL See page 9 Spindle for filling & oil level instructions. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. Kit Includes Hub, Magnesium K00 Hub, Aluminum 00 Inner Cone 3 3 Seal 0V Wheel Stud, Gundrilled 5688H 5 5 Outer Cone 35 6 Washer 66 Nut, Aluminum 50AT 8 Lockwasher x 3/8 SHCS Bolt On Cap Gasket 3 /6- x / HHCS 5 3 Retaining Ring 838 Inner Bearing Cup 3 5 Outer Bearing Cup 33 Plug 8A 8 O Ring Rotor Option See Pg 6 FRONT KIT-SCREW ON CAP KIT P/N K05F Magnesium (# -) KIT P/N K05SF Magnesium, with Solid Studs (# -) KIT P/N 05F Aluminum (# -) KIT P/N 05SF Aluminum, with Solid Studs (# -) Kit includes hub, screw on dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. 8 Rotor Option See Pg. 6 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Oil Filled Hub Design Increases Bearing Life, Reduces Friction & Drag, Spins Freer & Runs Cooler! FRONT KIT-5 BOLT KIT P/N K05FBO Magnesium (# -8) KIT P/N K05SFBO Magnesium, with Solid Studs (# -8) KIT P/N 05FBO Aluminum (# -8) KIT P/N 05SFBO Aluminum, with Solid Studs (# -8) Kit includes front hub, five bolt aluminum dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style aluminum lock nut. 9 Rotor Option See Pg See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern 0 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern DUST CAP SOCKET P/N AZ9-T6 Magnesium or 06 Aluminum Oil Fill & Level Plug 9 lbs. 9.6 oz (Aluminum) 9 lbs. 9.6 oz (Aluminum) O Ringed Screw-On Dust Cap LOW DRAG! Option 85S-W5 Super Free Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Option 88S-W5 REM Polished Tapered Bearings Closed Core Hub Design Along With Centrifugal Force Keeps Oil Exactly Where It Needs To Be! ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE AND CROWN SPLINE KITS See page 0 for more details. 5 Bolt Drive Flange P/N (standard on 05 hub kits) 5 Bolt Crown Spline P/N 9AX5 Option 883X5 Option 883X5O (w/ O Ring) 8 Bolt Drive Flange P/N X8 (standard on 05X8 hub kits) 8 Bolt Crown Spline P/N 9A Option 883X8 Option 883X8O (w/ O Ring) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

70 0 WIDE 5 HUB ACCESSORIES ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE ASSEMBLY P/N T6 Aluminum 8 bolt drive flange with removable cap. Not for cambered spindles. The lightest drive flange available. Uses 3/ spline axles. ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE ASSEMBLY P/N T6 Aluminum 5 bolt drive flange with removable cap. Not for cambered spindles. Uses 3/ spline axles. P/N 3 Flat Cap *P/N 50-0F Flange P/N Flange HHCS (8 Needed) P/N 58 pt for Flat Cap P/N O Ring * Available in Black, Red & Gold P/N 3 Flat Cap P/N 50-5 Flange P/N Flange HHCS (5 Needed) P/N 58 pt for Flat Cap P/N O Ring ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE ASSEMBLY P/N (5 Bolt) Specifically designed for Oil Filled Hub (pages 66-69), this forged 05-T6 aluminum drive flange works on all wide 5 hubs. Extended locator lip with o ring helps keep drive flange from loosening up and eliminates the need for gaskets or seals. ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE ASSEMBLY P/N X8 (8 Bolt) Specifically designed for the 00 Oil Filled Hub (pages 68-69), this forged 05-T6 aluminum drive flange works on all wide 5 hubs. Extended locator lip with o ring helps keep drive flange from loosening up and eliminates the need for gaskets or seals. P/N 3 Flat Cap P/N Flange P/N Flange HHCS (5 Needed) P/N 850 pt for Flat Cap P/N O Ring P/N 90 Flange Locator O Ring P/N 3 Flat Cap P/N 50-0 Flange P/N Flange HHCS (8 Needed) P/N 850 pt for Flat Cap P/N O Ring P/N 90 Flange Locator O Ring CROWN SPLINE ASSEMBLY P/N 383 Steel drive flange with aluminum screw on cap. Pre-drilled to be safety wired. With this drive flange you will never again strip your splines. Uses Winters crown spline axles, solid or gundrilled. BALL DRIVE ASSEMBLY P/N This heat treated steel ball drive is the ultimate in strength, durability and smooth operation. It will work at any angle up to 6. Winters precision made ball drive axles are required. P/N 9 Screw-On Cap P/N 3 Flange P/N Flange HHCS (8 Needed) P/N 9 O Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting P/N 08 Flat Cap P/N 0 Flange P/N 6 Flange HHCS (8 Needed) P/N O Ring P/N 55 /6 Ball (6 Needed) P/N 963 Flat Cap SHCS ALUMINUM CROWN SPLINE ASSEMBLY P/N 9AX5 (5 Bolt) ASSEMBLY P/N 9AX5O (5 Bolt w/ O Ring) A true crown splined coupler with a billet aluminum flange. Uses 3/ spline axles, solid or gundrilled. ALUMINUM CROWN SPLINE ASSEMBLY P/N 9A (8 Bolt) ASSEMBLY P/N 9AO (8 Bolt w/ O Ring) A true crown splined coupler with a billet aluminum flange. Uses 3/ spline axles, solid or gundrilled. P/N 9 Screw-On Cap P/N 98 Crowned Coupler P/N 96AX5 Flange P/N 833 Flange HHCS (5 Needed) P/N O Ring, Cap P/N 6 Retaining Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting P/N 6 O Ring, Coupler P/N 9 Screw-On Cap P/N 98 Crowned Coupler P/N 96A Flange P/N 833 Flange HHCS (8 Needed) P/N O Ring, Cap P/N 6 Retaining Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting P/N 6 O Ring, Coupler ALUMINUM DRIVE FLANGE TITANIUM BOLTS DRIVE FLANGE STUD KITS P/N 58 Screw-On Cap *P/N 50A Flange P/N Flange HHCS (8 Needed) ASSEMBLY P/N 553A Winters premium 05-T6 aluminum 8 bolt drive flange with screw-on cap. Not for cambered spindles. Uses 3/ spline axles. P/N O Ring * Available in Black, Red & Gold P/N T For wide 5 drive flange. Please Note: Above P/N is for one bolt only. P/N 66 Studs P/N 66T Titanium Studs P/N N Locknuts P/N 8 Washers KIT P/N -5 5 Bolt Kit (Shown) KIT P/N -8 8 Bolt Kit KIT P/N T-5 5 Bolt Kit Titanium KIT P/N T-8 8 Bolt Kit Titanium 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

71 WIDE 5 HUB ACCESSORIES BEARING AND LOCK KIT TRICK STYLE LOCK NUT KITS KIT P/N 605 Steel Nut KIT P/N 605AT Aluminum Nut Note: Retaining Ring P/N 838 for Seal is not included. Nut, Steel 50T Nut Aluminum 50AT Slot Washer x 3/8 SHCS 938 Tab Washer 66 5 Outer Bearing 35 6 Inner Bearing 3 Seal 0 P/N 865A- Aluminum Nut w/ Button Head Screws P/N 865- Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws P/N 865A Aluminum Nut w/ Socket Head Screws P/N 865 Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws 3 5 TON BEARING AND LOCK KITS 6 Note: Bearing & Race are a set and can not be sold seperately. KIT P/N 605-TON Aluminum Lock Kit w/seal (# s -5) KIT P/N 59 Spindle Nut/Washer Kit (# s -) Option 85-TON Wide 5 Hub w/ Ton Bearings, Races & Lock Kit Option 9 Wide 5 Hub w/ Ton Bearings & Races Installed Note: Retaining Ring P/N 838 for Seal is not included. SPINDLE NUT/WASHER P/N 50 Spindle Nut ( per spindle) P/N 5095 Spindle Lock Washer Nut, Aluminum 309 Lockwasher 30 3 #0- x 3/8 BHCS 80 Tab Washer Seal 53 6 Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Inner 305 Tapered Roller Bearing & Race, Outer 306 P/N 509G Gold P/N 509B Blue P/N 509R Red 8 BOLT HUB CAP Stamped from aluminum and impressed with the famous WP logo. Available in various colors (see below). Gasket P/N 5 P/N 509P Purple P/N 509PO Polished P/N 509BK Black ROUND HUB CAP P/N 6-0 Press in cap with o ring fits hub P/N K6955FHD. Available in black only. O Ring P/N 5 BOLT HUB CAP P/N Cap P/N 3 Gasket P/N 8 HHCS Available in black only WHEEL LOCATOR P/N 6635CX5 (5 Bolt) P/N 6635C (8 Bolt) Chrome locator guides wheel into place during pit stop. 5 ON 5 WHEEL SPACERS P/N O.D. /6 Thick P/N O.D. / Thick P/N O.D. /6 Thick ANGULAR CONTACT LOW DRAG! P/N 3ACS /6 Inner Bearing w/ 6 Steel Balls P/N 35ACS /6 Outer Bearing w/ 6 Steel Balls Option 85S-W5 Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

72 WIDE 5 FRONT HUB KIT P/N 9 KIT P/N 9L Lightweight 5 Spoke Wide 5 Hubs Forged 0-T3 Aluminum Construction Oil or Grease Friendly Accepts Standard or Super Free Angular Contact Bearings Standard Hub 6 lbs 8 oz with Races & Studs LIGHTWEIGHT HUB Cap Not Included 5 on 0 / Bolt Pattern 6 lbs with Races & Studs HUB WITH RACES & STUDS P/N 90 P/N 90L Lightweight 3 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info Kit Includes Direct Mount Hub 06 * Direct Mount Hub, Lightweight 06LW Single Lip Seal, Viton Inner Bearing Cone 50 Inner Bearing Cup 50 5 Outer Bearing Cup Outer Bearing Cone /8- x / Stud O Ring 9 Screw-In Dust Cap 0 0 Plug 8A * Order Kit P/N 9L for Lightweight Hubs LOW DRAG! Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearing Upgrade w/ Steel Balls, One Pair of Hubs Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearing Upgrade w/ Steel Balls, One Hub Only 3 on 5 Bolt Pattern 0 3/ Diameter Steel Rotor P/N SC Thick INDIVIDUAL BEARING PART NUMBERS P/N 8666ACS Outer Angular Contact Bearing P/N 8999ACS Inner Angular Contact Bearing 0 Front Spindle See Page P/N 839 /-3 x Hex Flat Head Cap Screw Double Sided Hub Cap Socket P/N 353M 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

73 /8 WIDE 5 HUB KITS 3 REAR KIT KIT P/N 350 (# -5) Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt 05-T6 aluminum inverted drive flange, bearings and seal kit with trick style steel lock nut kit. Kit Includes Rear Hub 366 Bearing Cup & Cone Set 8658 Wheel Stud, Solid Seal 8V 5* Seal 89V 6 Retaining Washer 839 Washer 33 8 Spindle Nut, Steel 3S 9 0- x 3/8 BHCS 80 0 Drive Flange 36 Drive Flange Cap 658 /6- x / HHCS 5 3 /-0 x / pt 89 3 O Ring 6* Spacer 36 * O Ring 90 8 Rotor Option See Below * For Use with Splined Tubes Sold Separately Option 808-H Thermal Dispersant Coating Aluminum Steel Option 88X5 Titanium Drive Flange Studs Spindle Lock Kit P/N 30 Aluminum P/N 30S Steel 6 8 Rotor Option See Below LOW DRAG! 6 5 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info 0 3 Inverted Drive Flange w/ O Ring P/N 3698 O Ring P/N Option 85S-8 Super Free Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub 6 lbs. 9 oz. Axle/Tube Seal P/N 68 Oil Fill & Level Plug P/N 8 IMPORTANT This seal must be used in conjunction with our /8 Wide 5 Oil Filled Hubs. Install seal in tube to a depth of 3/ - 3/6. FRONT KIT KIT P/N 350F (# -3) Kit includes polished permanent mold aluminum hub, 5 bolt dust cap, bearings and seal kit with trick style steel lock nut kit. Kit Includes Front Hub 366F Bearing Cup & Cone Set 8658 Wheel Stud, Solid Seal 89V 6 Retaining Ring 839 Washer 33 8 Spindle Nut, Steel 3S 9 0- x 3/8 BHCS 80 0 Hub Cap 389 Gasket 38 5/6-8 x 3/ SHCS 5 5 Spacer 36F 5 O Ring 90 6 Rotor Option See Below Sold Separately 5 6 Rotor Option See Below 6 5 See Pg. 6 for Hub Offset Info lbs. Oil Fill & Level Plug P/N 8 Oil Fill OIL LEVEL FRONT Oil Fill OIL LEVEL REAR Spindle PROPER OIL LEVEL IS CRITICAL See page 9 for filling & oil level instructions. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. Option 80 Titanium Wheel Studs Option 80H Titanium Wheel Studs, Gundrilled Spindle Nut Wrench Plate P/N 369 Hub Cap P/N 389 Rotor options applicable with hub assembly purchase only. ROTOR OPTIONS (Additional Charge See Page 86) OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N x / x 3/ 39GM 83 / x 3/ 6608GM OPTION DIMENSION ROTOR P/N *83L / x 3/ 6608GML *8L.80 x 3/ 39GML * Drilled Rotor 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

74 FRONT SPINDLES /8 ALUMINUM FRONT SPINDLES ASSEMBLY P/N 396 Right Front Assembly ASSEMBLY P/N 395 Left Front Assembly Assembly comes with king pin & cap. Check out our /8 Front Wide 5 Hub Assembly P/N 350F (see page 3). P/N 396 P/N Forged 05-T6 Aluminum Grooved Washer P/N 36 Steel King Pin P/N 66 Steel King Pin Cap (/ x 0 Thread Size) P/N 09 Assembly Includes Screw Washer Spindle Base & Snout 3608 Cup Plug Steel Spacer 36F Heat Treated & Ground Spindle Pin Forged 0-T3 Aluminum Base 0 FRONT SPINDLE P/N 9 0 FRONT SPINDLE WITH TITANIUM PIN P/N 9T Features a Forged 0-T3 Aluminum Base with a Heat Treated and Ground Spindle Pin. Check out our Wide 5 Front Hub Kits (see page ). Steel King Pin P/N 66 Steel King Pin Cap (/ x 0 Thread Size) P/N Steering Arm, Left P/N 380 Combo Steering Arm, Right P/N 38 Steel Spindle Nut Assembly P/N 3S 3.50 King Pin Shim Kit P/N 5-0 Nut P/N 360 Washer P/N 859 Cotter Pin P/N 9303 Aluminum Castellated Spindle Nut Assembly P/N 365 Replacement Bushing P/N 55 Brake Bracket P/N 08 3/8 Offset Dynalite Single Caliper For Use with 0 3/ Rotor 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

75 ASSEMBLIES P/N 5* Single w/ Round Spools P/N 53* Matched Pair w/ Round Spools P/N 5T* Single w/ Tear Drop Spools P/N 53T* Matched Pair w/ Tear Drop Spools * Specify Color (Ex.: 5R = with red spools) Note: 53 Series (Matched Pair) includes SHP Grease P/N 58 and Drive Flange Wrench P/N 99. P/N 89 - Bolt Pack WIDE 5 The Elastic Dynamic Dampener bolts in place of standard wide 5 drive flanges. The dampener cushions the impact of acceleration and deceleration of the drive assembly. This imparts a softer feel and action to the drivetrain. Many combinations can be created by varying the hardness of the replaceable spools. Soft spools on the drive side and hard spools on the coast side or any combination that best suits your driving style or track conditions Indicates surfaces to generously apply grease. Keep grease and parts clean! 9 0 ELASTIC DYNAMIC DAMPENER 5 Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only Assembly Includes Housing 33 /6- x / FHCS 6 3 Drive Impeller 3 * Urethane Spool O Ring 63 6 Cover 3 /6 Belleville Washer 9 8 /6- x 3 HHCS 90 9 Dust Cap /-0 x 3/8 BHCS 99 3 * Specify Color #50 Drive Flange Wrench P/N 99 Urethane Spools Tear Drop 60R Red Hard 90DUR 60B Black Soft 80 DUR Round 9B Black Soft 80 DUR 9R Red Medium 90 DUR 9Y Yellow Hard 95 DUR Note: Tear Drops are a heavy duty urethane spool. ASSEMBLIES P/N 5C Single w/ Round Spools P/N 53C Matched Pair w/ Round Spools P/N 5CT Single w/ Tear Drop Spools P/N 53CT Matched Pair w/ Tear Drop Spools Note: 53 Series (Matched Pair) includes SHP Grease P/N 58 and Drive Flange Wrench P/N 99. P/N 89C - Bolt Pack CAMBERED WIDE 5 Identical in function to P/N 5, but engineered to accept up to / spindle camber. Can be used without camber. Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only. Note: Only parts intended for use with camber should be used with cambered spindles Indicates surfaces to generously apply grease. Keep grease and parts clean! Fits 8 Bolt Wide 5 Hubs Only Assembly Includes Housing 39 /6- x / FHCS 6 3 Drive Impeller 38 * Urethane Spool O Ring 63 6 Cover 0 /6 Belleville Washer 9 8 /6- x 3 HHCS 90 * Specify Color SHP Grease P/N 58 Lubrication Is Essential! MSDS Info Available On Web Site Urethane Spools Tear Drop 60R Red Hard 90DUR 60B Black Soft 80 DUR Round 9B Black Soft 80 DUR 9R Red Medium 90 DUR 9Y Yellow Hard 95 DUR Note: Tear Drops are a heavy duty urethane spool. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

76 6 / GN DRIVE FLANGES DOUBLE SPLINE P/N 5008A-Aluminum Drive Flange P/N 5008-Steel Drive Flange Not For Cambered Spindles! Uses standard 3/ spline axles, either solid or gundrilled. Available in 6, 6 /, 6 3/ and O.D. Check with wheel manufacturer for diameter recommendation. P/N 686 Flat Cap P/N 6869 Bullet Cap P/N 6 O Ring P/N 5 HHCS for Aluminum Flange/ Flat Cap P/N 0 HHCS for Aluminum Flange/ Bullet Cap P/N 96 SHCS for Steel Flange/ Flat Cap P/N 90 SHCS for Steel Flange/ Bullet Cap BALL DRIVE FLANGE P/N 0 The Ultimate For Cambered & Straight Spindles! Unsurpassed for smooth rotation and durability regardless of the amount of camber. This is a constant velocity U joint in each wheel. Power is transmitted through 6, /6 free rolling balls. Very little frictional heat is generated, making axle life unmatched. Uses Winters special ball drive axle (see page 85). P/N 08 Flat Cap P/N 09 Bullet Cap P/N O Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting (Inside Cap) P/N 963 SHCS for Flat Cap P/N 96 SHCS for Bullet Cap CROWN SPLINE FLANGE P/N 35 For Cambered & Straight Spindles! A true crown that works, has many of the ball drive virtues. Requires using Winters crown splined axles (see page 85). P/N 353 Bullet Cap P/N O Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting (Inside Cap) P/N 986 SHCS for Bullet Cap 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

77 SUPER SPEEDWAY DRIVE FLANGES DOUBLE SPLINE FLANGE P/N 580 Not For Cambered Spindles! Heat treated steel, 5 on 5, spline. Uses standard 3/ spline axles, either solid or gundrilled. Available in 6, 6 /, 6 3/ and O.D. Check with wheel manufacturer for diameter recommendation. P/N 833 Bullet Cap P/N O Ring P/N 98 pt Screw for Bullet Cap BALL DRIVE FLANGE P/N 583 The Ultimate For Cambered & Straight Spindles! Unsurpassed for smooth rotation and durability regardless of the amount of camber. This is a constant velocity U joint in each wheel. Power is transmitted through 6, /6 free rolling balls. Very little frictional heat is generated, making axle life unmatched. Uses Winters special ball drive axle (see page 85). P/N 09 Bullet Cap P/N O Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting (Inside Cap) P/N 96 SHCS for Bullet Cap CROWN SPLINE FLANGE P/N 0 For Cambered & Straight Spindles! A true crown that works, has many of the ball drive virtues. Requires using Winters crown splined axles (see page 85). P/N 353 Bullet Cap P/N O Ring P/N 5 Grease Fitting (Inside Cap) P/N 96 SHCS for Bullet Cap 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

78 8 / GN HUBS - 5 ON 5 STEEL REAR ASSEMBLY P/N Lug On 5 Bolt Circle Shown with Optional Cap P/N 6869 LOW DRAG! Option 85S-5 Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub 5/6-8 x /8 pt 95 3 Hub Cap O Ring, Hub Cap 6 Aluminum Drive Flange 5008A 5 5/6-8 x 3/ FHCS 0 6 Bearing Lockwasher 8 Bearing Cone, Spindle 30 Assembly Includes 8 Bearing Cup, Hub 30 9 O Ring, Hub 3 0 Steel Hub 500 5/8- Wheel Stud 65 5 Seal, Hub 0 3 Retaining Ring, Hub 6 Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal. Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end play (zero preload). Secure locknut. / GN 5 ON 5 STEEL TUBES # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right Straight 505R / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left Straight 505L / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.0 60R 383-0R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.0 60L 383-0L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.5 65R 383-5R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.5 65L 383-5L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.8 68R 383-8R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.8 68L 383-8L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.0 60R 383-0R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.0 60L 383-0L 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Right.5 65R 383-5R 50 / GN Tube & Spindle Assembly, Left.5 65L 383-5L 50 SPINDLE NUT/ LOCK WASHER P/N 03-0 Right Spindle Nut P/N 03-0 Left Spindle Nut P/N 8 Spindle Lock Washer DOUBLE LIPPED SEAL P/N / Double Lipped Seal with Spring Seal Retainer. Seals around the axle. HEAVY WALL TUBE Option Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 0 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 3 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 6 lbs. per Side) When ordering, add option number to tube P/N. Example: 505R-XXX (Specify Tube Length) + 95-XXX (Specify Tube I.D.) *Based off end to end axle tube. Weights will vary depending on length of tube & application. Option Tube I.D. Heavy Wall Thickness 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

79 FORGED HUB KITS 9 5 ON 5 FRONT Kit Includes 5 on 5 Hub 30 Single Lip Seal, Viton Inner Bearing Cone 50 Inner Bearing Cup 50 5 Outer Bearing Cup Outer Bearing Cone /8- x 3 3/ Stud O Ring 9 Screw-In Dust Cap 0 0 Plug 8A 5/8- Nyloc Hex Jamnut KIT P/N Spoke 5 on 5 Hubs Forged 0-T3 Aluminum Construction Oil or Grease Friendly Accepts Standard or Super Free Angular Contact Bearings LOW DRAG! Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearing Upgrade w/ Steel Balls, One Pair of Hubs Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearing Upgrade w/ Steel Balls, One Hub Only INDIVIDUAL BEARING PART NUMBERS P/N 8666ACS Outer Angular Contact Bearing P/N 8999ACS Inner Angular Contact Bearing SUPER SPEEDWAY REAR 0 Front Spindle See Page 0 3/ Diameter Steel Rotor See Page ASSEMBLY P/N 85* 5 Lug On 5 Bolt Circle All stressed components are made from quality steel forgings. 00% inspection of complete assembly insures satisfaction. * Specify Coarse or Fine Studs. Add suffix C for Coarse or F for Fine Threads. * Straight Weld In Spindle, Right 89-0 * Straight Weld In Spindle, Left 89-0 Seal 5 3 Retaining Ring 680 Retaining Ring 68 5 Seal 55 6 Inner Bearing Cone 550 Inner Bearing Cup 59 8 Hub 56 9 O Ring 3 0 Outer Bearing Cup 55 Outer Bearing Cone 55 Assembly Includes Bearing Lockwasher 983 3* Spindle Nut, Right Hand * Spindle Nut, Left Hand Drive Flange O Ring 6 Hub Cap 833 5/8- Wheel Stud /8-8 Wheel Stud Set Screw /6- x / SHCS /-8 x 3/ SHCS * * * Not Included In Assembly. Shown For Reference Only Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

80 80 ELIMINATOR HUB ASSEMBLY P/N 30 Made from 05-T6 aluminum, Winters Pro Eliminator Hub Assembly utilizes splined hubs, splined wheels and 6 pin style hub with press plate. Track tested, this versatile assembly allows easy wheel adjustment. The open tube style hub assembly uses conventional 3/ spline solid or gundrilled axles. SPLINE HUB P/N 35 Tube & Spindle Assembly Option 83 Tube, Eliminator Hub Option / 83 Tube, Eliminator Hub, One Side Only 3/8- x / BHCS Aluminum Tube Spindle 305 Retaining Ring 6 5 5/6-8 x / 6 6 Seal 0 Washer 90 8 Retaining Plate/Rotor Mount 30 9 Dowel Pin Angular Contact Ball Bearing 35 Lockwasher 3 Assembly Includes Locknut 33 3 Bearing Spacer 339 Needle Bearing x / BHCS /8 NPT Grease Fitting 30 Splined Axle Hub/Drive Flange O Ring 9 Cap Retaining Ring 66 3/-6 Plug 36 Spacer, 3/ 30 3 Spacer, / Spacer, 6685 Spacer, 3/ Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

81 STANDARD REAR KIT ASSEMBLY P/N 33-Standard 5 x 5 Hub GN HUB KITS Bullet Nose Hub Cap Option 80 P/N 39 Bullet Cap P/N 8 /-0 x /8 SHCS Hub, Aluminum 308 Wheel Stud Bearing Cup 30 Bearing Cone Seal 5 6 Retaining Ring 838 Drive Flange 83-0 Assembly Includes 8 Hub Cap /-0 x / SHCS /8-6 x FHCS 80 O Ring 8 O Ring 3 Spindle Lock Nut Kit 865 STANDARD FRONT KIT ASSEMBLY P/N 33-Standard 5 x 5 Hub LOW DRAG! Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Hub, Aluminum 308 Wheel Stud Bearing Cup 30 Bearing Cone Seal 5 Assembly Includes 6 Retaining Ring 838 Hub Cap x / FHCS Spindle Lock Nut Kit 865 DRIVE FLANGE AND CAP-3 BOLT 3 Drive Flange 83 O Ring 8 3 Hub Cap 3089 /-8 x 5/8 SHCS 96 3 Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal. Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end play (zero preload). Secure locknut. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

82 8 GN HUB KITS LIGHTWEIGHT REAR KIT ASSEMBLY P/N 33-Standard 5 x 5 Hub Bullet Nose Hub Cap Option 80 P/N 39 Bullet Cap P/N 8 /-0 x /8 SHCS Hub, Aluminum 308L Wheel Stud Bearing Cup 30 Bearing Cone Seal 5 6 Retaining Ring 838 Drive Flange 83-0 Assembly Includes 8 Hub Cap /-0 x / SHCS /8-6 x FHCS 80 O Ring 8 O Ring 3 Spindle Lock Nut Kit 865 LIGHTWEIGHT FRONT KIT ASSEMBLY P/N 333-Standard 5 x 5 Hub LOW DRAG! Option 85S- Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Hub, Aluminum 308L Wheel Stud Bearing Cup 30 Bearing Cone Seal 5 Assembly Includes 6 Retaining Ring 838 Hub Cap x / FHCS Spindle Lock Nut Kit 865 GN 5 ON 5 STEEL TUBES # DESCRIPTION CAMBER P/N ASSEM P/N SPINDLE P/N TUBE GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly Straight GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly GN Steel Tube & Spindle Assembly HEAVY WALL TUBE Option Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 0 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 3 lbs. per Side) Option / Tube I.D. (*Adds Approx. 6 lbs. per Side) When ordering, add option number to tube P/N. Example: 685-XXX (Specify Tube Length) + 95-XXX (Specify Tube I.D.) *Based off end to end axle tube. Weights will vary depending on length of tube & application. Option Tube I.D. Heavy Wall Thickness 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

83 BABY GRAND REAR HUB KITS 83 ALUMINUM ASSEMBLIES KIT P/N 5-5 Lug On / Bolt Circle (# S -5) KIT P/N 5-50 Lug On / Bolt Circle (# S -5) ALUMINUM HUB WITH RACES AND STUDS KIT P/N 0-5 Lug On / Bolt Circle KIT P/N 0-50 Lug On / Bolt Circle 6 Assembly Includes Drive Flange Hole Pattern for / Studs Hole Pattern for 5/8 Studs Hole Pattern for 5/8 Studs x 3/8 SHCS Slotted Washer 665 Spindle Nut 50T 5 Keyed Washer 66 6 Bearing Cone 35 Bearing Cup 33 8 Wheel Hub, Aluminum On /, / Studs 58-5 On /, / Studs Hub Seal 03 0 Retaining Ring 689 Wheel Stud / Press-In /8 Threaded 5098A 5 5/6-8 x 3/ FHCS 0 3 O Ring x 3/8 SHCS Hub Cap 659 6* 5/6-8 x 3/ pt Cap Screw 5 5 * 0 / x 3/ Rotor 63 8* 3/8-6 x / pt Cap Screw 35 9* 3/8 Thin Washer * Rotor Adapter 53-0 * Not Included In Assembly. Shown For Reference Only. LOW DRAG! Option 85S-BG Angular Contact Bearings w/ Steel Balls, Hub Note: When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal. Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end play (zero preload). Secure locknut. TRICK STYLE LOCK NUT KITS P/N 865A- Aluminum Nut w/ Button Head Screws P/N 865- Steel Nut w/ Button Head Screws P/N 865A Aluminum Nut w/ Socket Head Screws P/N 865 Steel Nut w/ Socket Head Screws 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

84 8 WHEEL STUDS & LUG NUTS FLANGED STUDS # P/N A B C KNURL OD THREAD / / / /8-3 0M / / / / / / / /8-8 D= Drilled H = Hollow T = Titanium # P/N A B C KNURL OD THREAD / D / H / T / TH / / / / /8-6605H / / /-0 THREADED STUDS 3 # P/N D E F THREAD 5098C / B / A /8-8 # P/N D E F THREAD 88C & 3596C /8-8, 5/8-88F /8-8, 5/8-8 STUD KITS For use with 5 on 5 & 5 on 3/ Hub Assemblies. See page 60 PRESS-IN STUDS KIT P/N 890 (Not Sold Individually) Option 93 Installed In Hub Need Longer Studs? Kit includes 5 replacement studs longer. Size: 5/8- x SCREW-IN STUDS KIT P/N 89 (Not Sold Individually) Option 9 Installed In Hub 5/8- x /8 3 LUG NUTS When required to use steel lug nuts, use these to save 0 oz of rotating weight! For use with /8 socket. # P/N MATERIAL THREAD SIZE QTY 589 Aluminum 5/ Aluminum 5/8- /6 595 Aluminum 5/ Aluminum 5/8- /6 5 # P/N MATERIAL THREAD SIZE QTY 5 Steel 5/8-5 Steel 5/ Steel 5/8- / Steel 5/8- /8 5 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

85 FULL FLOATING DOUBLE SPLINED AXLES 85 Winters Titanium Axles Lighter than gundrilled steel axles, Titanium Axles have four times the elasticity of steel. Their ability to wind up gives you a performance edge. Excellent for dirt and asphalt. Winters Premium Steel Axles Made from the finest material and CNC machined using an automatic double roller steady rest assuring that all axles run true and concentric. Finished with state of the art heat treat and available solid or gundrilled. Winters Ball Drive Axles The ultimate for cambered applications. The constant velocity u- joint in the wheel equals minimal friction, heat and wear. Available solid or gundrilled. AXLE SPREADER BOLT KIT P/N 60 Axles are to be positioned by means of spreader bolts as shown below. Use grade 8 (minimum) spec. bolt with jam nut. Install into opposing ends of axles and adjust for /8-3/6 total clearance with both axle retaining plates installed. Torque jam nuts to 30 Ft. Lbs. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK UP PLUG KITS AXLE TYPE SPLINE STYLE P/N Double Spline 3/ Gundrilled 506G Double Spline 3/ Solid 506 Double Spline 3/ Solid, Titanium 506T Double Spline 3/ Gundrilled, Titanium 506TG Vintage Wide 5 / Solid 506 Vintage Grand National / Solid 5065 Grand National 3/ Solid 506 Ball Drive 3 Solid 39 Ball Drive 3 Gundrilled 39G Crowned Spline 3/0 Solid 08 Crowned Spline 3/0 Gundrilled 08G Add Length From Chart Below To P/N. Ex. P/N 506G-36 DON T SEE YOUR LENGTH? CALL, WINTERS CAN MAKE THEM! /8 3/8 Hy-Tuf Spec Steel 3- Splines REM Process Standard 3 Spline P/N 689L 3 Spline P/N 689 SOLID DOUBLE SPLINED AXLES P/N SW Specify Length When Ordering Lengths Available Gundrilled Axle Plug P/N 638 /6 Steel Ball P/N 55 Radius Splines Accommodate Camber * *5 *6 * *8 *9 3 5 *5 *5 6 *6 6 * *8 3 9 Lengths Available Wide 5 & GN * * *3 3 *3 3 3 *3 3 * * * * * *3 3 * * *Available Gundrilled Only Not Available In Gundrilled Lengths Available Crown Splined Lengths Available Ball Drive Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

86 86 VENTED ROTORS SCALLOPED ROTOR P/N 39-0 When using aluminum rotors you must use linings listed on page 8. P/N MATERIAL THICKNESS (A) (B) (C) MOUNTING O.D. BOLT CIRCLE I.D. BOLT DIAMETER VANE OPTION 539 Iron / /8 5 on 6 3/ 6 3/6 3/8 S Iron.80 /8 5 on 6 3/ 6 3/6 3/8 S A Aluminum / /8 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 S AGM Aluminum / 3/ 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 S GM Iron / 3/ 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 S GML Iron (Drilled Rotor) / 3/ 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 S 83L 63 Steel 3/ 0 / 6 on 5 / /8 5/6 S Iron.80 /8 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 HD Iron.80 3/6 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 LW 80S 39GM Iron.80 3/ 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 HD 8 39GML Iron.80 3/ 8 on 6 3/8 5/6 HD 8L ROTOR BOLT AND WASHER KITS Rotor Bolt & Washer Kit P/N 8 Rotor Bolt & Washer Kit (Heavy Duty Rotor) P/N 8HD T-NUT KIT AND MOUNTING PLATE T-Nut Kit P/N 580 Includes 8 of each: P/N 3663 Bolt P/N 366 T-Nut Mounting Plate P/N 308 Fits hubs with 8 hole, bolt pattern rotor mounts. Rotor stands must be shortened.50 to place rotor in original position. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

87 LININGS & CALIPER BRACKETS 8 ALUMINUM ROTOR BRAKE LINING For Use With Winters Aluminum Rotors 3 # SIZE P/N.50 x x S 3 GM Single Piston 88GM CALIPER BRACKETS # DESCRIPTION CALIPER MOUNTING WIDTH P/N 3 Bracket Bolts On Wide 5 Rear, To Bolt Spindle 3 / 5 Bracket Bolts On Wide 5 Rear, To Bolt Spindle Bracket Welds To 3 Side Tube 5 / 66 6 Bracket Welds To 3 Side Tube 6 5 ROTOR HATS P/N 50-0 P/N 5 P/N MATERIAL OFFSET ROTOR BOLT CIRCLE WHEEL BOLT CIRCLE 50-0 Steel 3/ 8 on /8 5 on 5 5 Aluminum / 8 on 5/8 5 on 5 K5 Magnesium / 8 on 5/8 5 on Aluminum /8 8 on 5/8 5 on 5 K5308 Magnesium /8 8 on 5/8 5 on 5 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

88 88 SINGLE PEDALS Steel Pedal Arm Cast Aluminum Pedal Bracket Billet Aluminum Clevis : (Long) or.: (Short) Ratio Accepts All Common Master Cylinders See Page 90 For Complete Assemblies FLOOR MOUNT ASSEMBLIES SWING MOUNT ASSEMBLIES Steel P/N Steel P/N : Ratio : Ratio Short Arm (Floor Mount) Long Arm (Swing Mount) Clevis 5806 Clevis Sleeve Pivot Sleeve 5809 Assembly Includes 6 Pedal Bracket 599 Retaining Ring 6 8 Retaining Ring 63 9 Rubber Pad 6 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

89 DUAL PEDALS 89 Steel Pedal Arm Cast Aluminum Pedal Bracket Billet Aluminum Clevis : (Long) or.: (Short) Ratio Accepts All Common Master Cylinders See Page 90 For Complete Assemblies FLOOR MOUNT ASSEMBLIES SWING MOUNT ASSEMBLIES Steel P/N 56-0 Steel P/N : Ratio : Ratio BALANCE BAR Assembly P/N 5800 Includes two of each of the following: #, #8, #0, #, and one each of #3 & #6. Short Arm (Floor Mount) Long Arm (Swing Mount) Balance Bar 5808 Pivot Sleeve Pedal Bracket 6 6 Spherical Bearing 3 Assembly Includes Retaining Ring 6 8 Locking Nut Retaining Ring 6 0 Clevis Pin 5805 Clevis 5806 Rubber Pad 6 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

90 90 PEDAL ASSEMBLIES MASTER CYLINDERS Clutch Cap P/N 669 Brake Cap P/N 396 # PISTON DIAMETER P/N MASTER CYLINDER P/N FLOOR MOUNT CLUTCH P/N SWING MOUNT CLUTCH P/N FLOOR MOUNT BRAKE P/N SWING MOUNT BRAKE 3/ A 580-0A 580-0A 580-0A 5/ B 580-0B 580-0B 580-0B 8 3/ A 588-0A 586-0A 586-0A 9 3/ B 588-0B 586-0B 586-0B 0 3/ A 698-0A 683-0A 683-0A 0 / B 698-0B 683-0B 683-0B C 698-0C 683-0C 683-0C / A 699-0A A A B 699-0B B B Pedals With Out Master Cylinder # Refers To Master Cylinders On Page 9. MASTER CYLINDER COMPONENTS 00ML 5 # DESCRIPTION P/N Remote Reservoir with Flare Fitting for / Line 5835 Universal Mounting Bracket Assembly 9 3 Girling M/C Plastic Cap 669P Replacement Cap, P/N 660 M/C Flare for / Line 8 6 /8 Pipe to # AN Fitting Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

91 MASTER CYLINDERS 9 Inverted Flare Nut for / Tube P/N 95 Adapter Fitting for / Tube P/N 5900 Nylon Sealing Washer P/N 8 Inverted Flare Nut for / Tube P/N 95 Adapter Fitting for / Tube P/N 5900 Inverted Flare Nut for 3/6 Tube P/N 538 Adapter Fitting for 3/6 Tube P/N 6938 Inverted Flare Nut for / Tube P/N 95 Adapter Fitting for / Tube P/N 5903 Nylon Sealing Washer P/N 50 Inverted Flare Nut for 3/6 Tube P/N 538 Adapter Fitting for 3/6 Tube P/N 6938 Nylon Sealing Washer P/N 8 Use Remote Reservoir 9 8 Long Inverted Flare Nut for 3/6 Tube P/N 9 0 Inverted Flare Nut for / Tube P/N 95 Male Connector (/8 Pipe) for / Tube P/N Billet Aluminum Use Remote Reservoir Male Connector (/8 Pipe) for 3/6 Tube P/N 539 Inverted Flare Nut for 3/6 Tube P/N 538 # DESCRIPTION P/N Master Cylinder with 3/ Piston Diameter 583 Master Cylinder with 5/8 Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with 3/ Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with 3/ Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with 3/ Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with /8 Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with Piston Diameter Master Cylinder with /8 Piston Diameter 653 Master Cylinder with Piston Diameter 65 Slave Cylinder for Hydraulic Clutch (Pull Type) 6 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

92 9 TORSION BARS & STOPS WINTERS SOLID DESCRIPTION P/N Solid 9 Bar Available In Various Sizes 636 Solid 6 Bar Available In Various Sizes 656 Premium Heat Treated Steel! There Is A Difference! When Ordering, Add Suffix Of Desired Diameter Bar To P/N Ex. P/N = 9 Bar,.85 Diameter SANDER ENGINEERING When Ordering, Add Suffix Of Desired Diameter Bar To P/N Ex. P/N S55-900= 9 Tubular Bar,.900 Diameter DESCRIPTION P/N Tubular 9 Bar Available In Various Sizes S55 Tubular 30 Bar Available In Various Sizes S55-30 Elim. X Bar Available In Various Sizes S66 Elim. X 30 Bar Available In Various Sizes S Tubular X Bars FORGED TORSION STOPS E C # DESCRIPTION A B C D E P/N 3/ 05-T6 Forged Aluminum Stop 3/ SC0 05-T6 Forged Aluminum Stop SC50 3 3/ Forged Steel Stop 3/ SC60 3/ Forged Titanium Stop 3/ SC60T 5 Forged Steel Stop SC0 6 Forged Titanium Stop SC0T D B 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

93 TORSION BAR INFORMATION 93 TO USE THESE TABLES Locate the scale that corresponds to the overall length of the torsion bar in your set-up. Find the effective bar diameter in the left column. Read across to the spring rate in the column that corresponds to the length of the arm. Example: 9 overall bar length,.000 inch diameter, 0 inch arm = 90 pounds per inch of travel This figure will help you order Torsion Bars. On the left side of the illustration you will see the standard spline and bearing length. All bar lengths are expressed in overall length. 9 Bars Bar Diameter Arm Length in Inches Spring Rate - Pounds Per Inch Care should be taken when relocating bars around the chassis that the new location will not result in the bar rotating in the opposite direction from its original location. For example, once a torsion bar has been stressed or settled by twisting in a clock-wise direction (e.g. right front installation on a longitudinal or fore & aft layout), to relocate the bar to the left front would cause it to be twisted in the opposite or counter-clockwise direction. This unwinding would not only cause the bar to have less spring action, but fractures in the turned or effective length would soon occur and the bar would ultimately break. 6 Bars Bar Diameter Bar Diameter Arm Length in Inches Spring Rate - Pounds Per Inch Bars Arm Length in Inches Spring Rate - Pounds Per Inch To determine the effective length of torsion bar arms, measure as follows: Conventional or Mono Ball Arms Measure the center distance between the bearing and the splined hole. Floating or Blank Arms Measure the distance between the center of the splined hole and the point where the floating end of the arm contacts the axle roller. When you first install the new bars on the car, it is advisable to place an index mark identifying the original location of the bar end. This will help prevent relocating the bar to a location that would cause it to unwind. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

94 9 STEERING QUICK RELEASE The Cadillac of Splined Quick Releases 5/8 Shaft Assembly P/N 658 3/ Shaft Assembly P/N 65 3/ -8 Serration Assembly P/N 6899 Lee/Profile Style B A C Release Collar, Aluminum 650 A Quick Release Shaft, 3/ B Quick Release Shaft, Lee/Profile Style 6965 C Quick Release Shaft, 5/ Retaining Ring 6 Pin Pull Off Ring Spring 699 Hub Washer Retaining Ring 63 0 Belleville Washer Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

95 TOOLS & LUBRICANTS 95 Double Sided Socket P/N 353 / GN Spindle Nut Socket P/N 539 Ton Spindle Nut Socket P/N 5 3/8 /8 / Square Drive. For Side Bell Inspection Plugs & 00 Screw-On Dust Cap Thing-A-Ma-Jig P/N 39 This 0 Spline Block Bolts to a Work Bench or Clamps in a Vise to Hold a Pinion /8 Spindle Nut Wrench P/N 369 For use with /8 Lock Nut Kit Seal Driver P/N 538 Used to Install Side Bell Seal P/N 05 Gear Oil P/N 30 0 Spline Quick Change Gear Box Moose Siping Tool P/N 3- #93 Supreme Gear Lube SAE 80W/90 with Moly MSDS Information Available On Web Site Available Colors P/N 0B (Blue) P/N 0BLK (Black) P/N 0R (Red) P/N 0W (White) Depth Indicator Fully Adjustable Utility Blades Base Is Same Width As The Tread Block On A Tire Handles Make It Easy To Pull When Cutting Tires SHP Grease P/N 58 MSDS Information Available On Web Site Torx Wrench P/N 99 #50 Drive Flange Wrench for Elastic Dynamic Dampener Checking Bearings P/N Bearing Journal P/N Bearing Journal 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

96 96 GOODIES WINTERS T-SHIRT P/N WINTERS-T Call for availability. Specify Style and Size when Ordering. 6 SPLINE GEAR POSTER P/N POSTER-6 0 SPLINE GEAR POSTER P/N POSTER-0 XTREMELINER GEAR POSTER P/N POSTER- X GEAR POSTER P/N POSTER- CIRCLE TRACK DECAL P/N WINTERS-DW STREET ROD DECAL P/N WINTERS-DSR STREET ROD LED SIGN P/N WINTERS-LED OFF ON 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

97 & XTREMELINER QUICK CHANGE GEARS 9 QUICK CHANGE GEARS P/N 3800 SERIES ( WIDE) SAE 860 Steel, Crown Cut, Quick Change Gears. When ordering add prefix 38 to set number. Example: 380 A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster- Remember to refill gear cavity with good quality gear lube after gear changes. GEARING FORMULAS To Determine Gear RPM Change: (RPM) (Gear Ratio) x (New Ratio) = (New RPM) Example x 5.35 = 60 To Determine Final Drive: (# Teeth Top Gear) (# Teeth Bottom Gear) x R&P Ratio = Final Drive HIGH LOW (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED) 3.8 R&P Ratio (9-3 Teeth).5 R&P Ratio 5.3 R&P Ratio (-3 Teeth) (8- Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A..0 / B.0. / C.69. 3/ D.68. / / B / A / C.6.6 3/ D / XTREMELINER QUICK CHANGE GEARS P/N SERIES ( 3/8 WIDE) SAE 860 Steel, Crown Cut, Xtremeliner Quick Change Gears. When ordering add prefix 308 to set number. Example: 3080 A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster-X Remember to refill gear cavity with good quality gear lube after gear changes. HIGH LOW (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED).00 R&P Ratio 3.08 R&P Ratio (-3 Teeth) (-3 Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH / / / A / / / / / / / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

98 98 6 SPLINE QUICK CHANGE GEARS P/N 00 SERIES ( WIDE) P/N 500 SERIES ( 3/8 WIDE) SAE 860 Steel, Crown Cut, 6 Spline Quick Change Gears. When ordering Wide Gears add prefix to set number. When ordering 3/8 Wide Gears add prefix 5 to set number. Example: 0 or 50 A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster-6 Remember to refill gear cavity with good quality gear lube after gear changes. 3.8 R&P Ratio. R&P Ratio.33 R&P Ratio (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED) (9-3 Teeth) (9-3 Teeth) (9-39 Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH / / / B / A / / / A / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A / / / / / / / / / / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

99 6 SPLINE QUICK CHANGE GEARS 99 GEARING FORMULAS To Determine Gear RPM Change: (RPM) (Gear Ratio) x (New Ratio) = (New RPM) Example x 6.35 = 08 To Determine Final Drive: (# Teeth Top Gear) (# Teeth Bottom Gear) x R&P Ratio = Final Drive TOP HIGH Ratio x MPH Tire DIA Ratio = x 336 = RPM or RPM x Tire DIA MPH x 336 LOW BOTTOM (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED).88 R&P Ratio (8-39 Teeth) 5.3 R&P Ratio 5.38 R&P Ratio (8- Teeth) (8-3 Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH / / / B / A / / / A / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / A / / / / / / / / / / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

100 00 0 SPLINE QUICK CHANGE GEARS P/N 8500 SERIES ( 3/8 WIDE) SAE 860 Steel, Crown Cut, 0 Spline Quick Change Gears. When ordering add prefix 85 to set number. Example: 850 A full sized poster version of this chart is available. Order P/N Poster-0 Remember to refill gear cavity with good quality gear lube after gear changes. 0 Spline Quick Change Gear Box Available Colors P/N 0B (Blue) P/N 0BLK (Black) P/N 0R (Red) P/N 0W (White). R&P Ratio.5 R&P Ratio.86 R&P Ratio (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED) (8-33 Teeth) (-3 Teeth) (-3 Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH / / / A / / / / / / / A.85.3 / / A.85.6 / A.85. 3/ / / A / / / / / / A.86.3 / A / A.8.86 / / / / / / A / A..35 6/ / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

101 0 SPLINE QUICK CHANGE GEARS 0 GEARING FORMULAS To Determine Gear RPM Change: (RPM) (Gear Ratio) x (New Ratio) = (New RPM) Example x 6.0 = 69 To Determine Final Drive: (# Teeth Top Gear) (# Teeth Bottom Gear) x R&P Ratio = Final Drive TOP HIGH Ratio x MPH Tire DIA Ratio = x 336 = RPM or RPM x Tire DIA MPH x 336 LOW BOTTOM (NUMERICAL RATIO LISTED). R&P Ratio (8-33 Teeth).5 R&P Ratio.86 R&P Ratio (-3 Teeth) (-3 Teeth) GEAR SET # LOW SPUR RATIO HIGH SPUR RATIO # OF TEETH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH A..00 0/ / / A / / / / / / A / / / / A / / / / / / / A / / A.583. / A / / / / / / / / / / NOTE: Gear Set Numbers Are For Limited Horsepower Applications Only 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

102 0 RING & PINION RATIOS Winters offers a wide array of optional Ring & Pinion Ratios to help you customize your rear end. Ratios marked with a star are available for your rear end..86 Ratio Ring & Pinion Standard in 0 Full Size Rears. 3.8 Ratio Ring & Pinion Standard in V8, 8 3/8 / Mini and Rears. OPTION DESCRIPTION 8. Ratio 8R. Ratio, Reverse Rotation 8-8S. Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio 838R 3.8 Ratio, Reverse Rotation 88.8 Ratio 8. Ratio 85.5 Ratio Ratio 86.6 Ratio 8. Ratio Ratio, HD Flanged Spread Bearing 886R.86 Ratio, Reverse Rotation 88.8 Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio 869. Ratio Sprint Center (0 ) Heavy Duty (0 ) Enduro (0 ) Front Quick Change (0 ) Non-Quick Change (0 ) Xtremeliner (0 ) V8/ Mini Quick Change (8 3/8 ) 8 Quick Change Quick Change REM PROCESS Option 88-RP Winters offers an in-house REM Process, REM Chemicals, Inc. are innovators of the Isotropic Superfinish (ISF) Process. The ISF Process is a physicochemical process, using high density, non-abrasive ceramic media and conventional vibratory finishing equipment. The ISF Process removes the surface asperities inherent in machining processes. By safely removing these microscopic peaks, the ISF Process leaves a highly uniform surface, which reduces friction and allows for increased lubrication capability. While the dimensional integrity remains intact, the result is an improved component that will operated at lower temperatures, have increased durability, quieter operation and increased time between maintenance. Reduce Rotating & Unsprung Weight! EDM Ring Gear Option 80-XXX CRYOGENIC PROCESSING Cryogenic Processing is the process through which the material being treated is slowly lowered to -30 F, held for an extended period (0-0 hours), then slowly brought back to room temperature. This process is done in a computer controlled, vacuum insulated Cryoprocessor. The benefits of cryogenics are- Increased abrasive wear resistance (dimensional stability and durability), Homogenization of hardness over the entire structure, Transformation of retained austenite into martensite, Decreased residual stresses, Increased resistance to fatigue failure and chipping and Optimal microstructure alignment to increase strength. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

103 REAR END ASSEMBLY OPTIONS 03 Winters offers a wide array of options to help you customize your rear end. Options marked with a star are available for your rear end. OPTION DESCRIPTION 80 Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly 80S Pinion Posi-Lock Assembly, Steel Nut 806 Heat Treated Lower Shaft 80 Oil Pump, Standard Shaft 80-FQC Oil Pump, Front Quick Change 8. Ring & Pinion 8-8. Ring & Pinion 8-8S. Ring & Pinion, Short 85 3 Spline Aluminum Spool Spline Aluminum Spool 8 Magnesium Side Bell 8P 3 Spline Winters Track, Preloaded 8W 3 Spline Winters Track 8W-00 Winters Track,.00 Ratio 86 Titanium Thrubolts 86-NQC Titanium Thrubolts, Non-Quick Change 830 Ultralight Aluminum Spool 83 Turned Down Side Tubes / 83 Turned Down Side Tubes, One Side Only 83 Aluminum 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included) / 83 Aluminum 8-Bolt Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included) 833 Sprint Center 833-8S Sprint Center, Short, nd Generation 833-8S-6 Sprint Center, Short, nd Generation, 6 Bolt Sprint Center, 6 Bolt 836P Lightweight Rib Bells with Inspection Plug 83 Heavy Duty Gear Cover 838 Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles / 838 Aluminum Tubes with Steel Spindles, One Side Only Bolt Spindles, Wide 5 839HT Heat Treated 8 Bolt Spindles, Wide 5 80 Piece Aluminum Tubes / 80 Piece Aluminum Tubes, One Side Only 80EL Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ex Long (35 + Longer) / 80EL Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ex Long (35 + Longer), One Side Only 80-TON Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes, Ton 8 Front Open Tube Special Bearing 83 Roller Bearing on Pinion Nose 85 Closed Drive 855P Heavy Duty 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug 855PHD Heavy Duty Permanent Mold 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug 855PM Lightweight 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug 855PMHD HD Permanent Mold 8 Rib Bells with Inspection Plug, Contoured 868 Big Bearing Gear Cover, Sprint Center 8 Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker 8HSG Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Housing Only 8L Lightweight Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker 8LHSG Lightweight Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Housing Only 8M-8 Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Mini, 8 Spline 8M-3 Billet Aluminum Differential, Locker, Mini, 3 Spline 880 Urethane Differential 88L05D 0.5 Camber, Left (Down) Sprint Center (0 ) Heavy Duty (0 ) Enduro (0 ) Front Quick Change (0 ) Non-Quick Change (0 ) Xtremeliner (0 ) V8/ Mini Quick Change (8 3/8 ) 8 Quick Change Quick Change 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

104 0 REAR END ASSEMBLY OPTIONS Winters offers a wide array of options to help you customize your rear end. Options marked with a star are available for your rear end. OPTION DESCRIPTION 88L05U 0.5 Camber, Left (Up) 88L0D Camber, Left (Down) 88L0U Camber, Left (Up) 88L5D.5 Camber, Left (Down) 88L5U.5 Camber, Left (Up) 88L8D.8 Camber, Left (Down) 88L8U.8 Camber, Left (Up) 88L0D Camber, Left (Down) 88L0U Camber, Left (Up) 88R05D 0.5 Camber, Right (Down) 88R05U 0.5 Camber, Right (Up) 88R0D Camber, Right (Down) 88R0U Camber, Right (Up) 88R5D.5 Camber, Right (Down) 88R5U.5 Camber, Right (Up) 88R8D.8 Camber, Right (Down) 88R8U.8 Camber, Right (Up) 88R0D Camber, Right (Down) 88R0U Camber, Right (Up) 88R5D.5 Camber, Right (Down) 88R5U.5 Camber, Right (Up) 88B Aluminum Drive Yoke with Stainless Steel Sleeve 88B-3 3 Spline Aluminum Drive Yoke with Stainless Steel Sleeve 883 Aluminum Triple Track Differential 883M Aluminum Triple Track Differential, Mini 88 Gundrilled Lower Shaft 885 Standard Lightweight Aluminum Gear Cover, Tumbled 886P Heavy Duty Permanent Mold 6 Rib Bell with Inspection Plug 890 Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes (Spindles Not Included) / 890 Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included) 890A Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Aluminum Tubes (Spindles Not Included) / 890A Thin Flanged 8 Bolt Alum Tubes, One Side Only (Spindles Not Included) 89 Flanged Bearing, Pinion 89M-8 Wedgelock, 8 Spline 89M-3 Wedgelock, 3 Spline Spline Aluminum Spool,. Ring & Pinion Spline Aluminum Spool,. Ring & Pinion 89 Ball Bearing Support, Open Drive 898 Ball Bearing Support, Closed Drive 899 Viton Seal, Seal Plate 80 Aluminum Tube Seal 80S Steel Tube Seal 80-XXX EDM Ring Gear, Specify Ratio 80-A Polished Aluminum Tubes 808 Thermal Dispersant Coating, Complete Rear Thermal Dispersant Coating, Center Section 808-B Thermal Dispersant Coating, Bell 808-C Thermal Dispersant Coating, Cover 80 Steel High Nuts, Gear Cover 80-AC Acorn Nuts, Gear Cover 80-C Steel High Nuts, Chrome, Gear Cover 80-FL Flanged Nuts, Gear Cover 80S Short High Nuts, Gear Cover 83 / Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes / 83 / Wide 5 Aluminum Tubes, One Side Only 8-58 Locker Springs, 58 lbs 8-68 Locker Springs, 68 lbs Sprint Center (0 ) Heavy Duty (0 ) Enduro (0 ) Front Quick Change (0 ) Non-Quick Change (0 ) Xtremeliner (0 ) V8/ Mini Quick Change (8 3/8 ) Quick Change 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

105 REAR END ASSEMBLY OPTIONS 05 Winters offers a wide array of options to help you customize your rear end. Options marked with a star are available for your rear end. OPTION DESCRIPTION 8-90 Locker Springs, 90 lbs 86 Magnesium Center 86M Heavy Duty Center, Mini 8 Heavy Duty Cover Gasket 88-A REM Finish, Axle 88-BRG REM Finish, Bearing (# is per Bearing) 88-DG REM Finish, Differential Gears 88-LIA REM Finish, Locker Internal Assembly 88-MBB MicroBlue Bearing 88-QCG REM Finish, Quick Change Gears 88-RP REM Finish, Ring & Pinion 83 Spline Aluminum Tubes, Steel Spindles / 83 Spline Aluminum Tubes, Steel Spindles, One Side Only 85 Internal Bearing Retainer, Gear Cover 8 Yoke, 30 Series 88 Axles, Gundrilled (Use with 80 Options) 83-0 Track Star 83 Front Quick Change 833 Yoke, Strap Design 83 Side Bell Stud Kit, Titanium, 8 3/8 & 835 Gear Cover with Coolant Pump 836 Short Wide 5 Tubes / 836 Short Wide 5 Tubes, One Side Only 83 Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, & 6 Rib / 83 Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, One Side Only 83-8 Tube & Bell Lock Nut Assembly, 8 Rib 838 Splined Tubes 839 Aluminum /8 Wide 5 Tubes 80 Rotor Option,.80 x /8, P/N 39 8 Rotor Option,.80 x 3/, P/N 39GM 8L Rotor Option,.80 x 3/, Lightweight, P/N 39GM 83 Rotor Option,.5 x 3/, P/N 6608GM 83L Rotor Option,.5 x 3/, Drilled, P/N 6608GM 8S-CT Low Drag Bearings, Differential, Steel 8S-P Low Drag Bearings, Pinion, Steel 89 Thrubolts, 6 (Specify Pattern/Qty.) 89L Thrubolts, 6 / (Specify Pattern/Qty.) 85 Sprint Gear Cover, Big Bearing with Retainers 85B Billet Sprint Gear Cover, Big Bearing with Retainers Rib Bell with Inspection Plug (For Pump Use) 85-TIM Bearing, Timken, Pinion Cup & Cones 863 Steel /8 Wide 5 Tubes Steel /8 GN 5 on 5 Tubes 86 Aluminum Sprint Gear Cover Pump 868 Solid Seal Plate 80 Adds Hubs, Rotors & Axles, / GN, 5 x Adds Hubs, Rotors & Axles, / GN, 5 x 3/ 85 Yoke, 350 Series 898 Low Drag Carrier Seals 899 Gundrilled Pinion Shaft 9 /8 Tubes with Spacers 99 /8 Tetrad Tubes 99-TON Aluminum Tetrad Tubes, Wide 5 Spindles, Ton 90 5 on 5 Hub, Platinum Series Upgrade 9 Low Friction Seal (P/N 0LF), 5 on 5 & 5 on 3/ Hubs 95 One Piece Aluminum Tubes, Ton Sprint Center (0 ) Heavy Duty (0 ) Enduro (0 ) Front Quick Change (0 ) Non-Quick Change (0 ) Xtremeliner (0 ) V8/ Mini Quick Change (8 3/8 ) Quick Change 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

106 06 CAMBER 8 BOLT SPINDLE AND TUBE ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE CAMBER Specify Up or Down (See Definition of Camber diagram below) Wide GN / GN.5 5 Not sold as an assembly. Components must be purchased separately. 3 # DESCRIPTION APPLICATION P/N Seal Sleeve Wide Seal Sleeve GN 0 Seal Sleeve / GN O Ring Wide 5 & GN 6 O Ring / GN 6 3 Spindle Bolts Steel Tube Thick Flange 83 3 Spindle Bolts Aluminum Tube Thick Flange 3 Spindle Bolts Steel Tube Thin Flange 90 3 Spindle Bolts Aluminum Tube Thin Flange 90A * See pg. 58 for 8 Bolt Tubes 5* See pg. 59 for 8 Bolt Spindles *Wide 5 Thin Flange Shown DEFINITION OF CAMBER Because of the varying definitions of camber, Winters uses the designations up & down. Up refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing up towards the sky. Down refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing down toward the ground. Steel Tube and Spindle Assembly Aluminum Tube with Steel Spindle Assembly Winters fabricated steel side tube and cambered spindles are available for the following applications: Wide 5 (), GN (5), / GN (6), Baby Grand (8), and Super Speedway (9). Third and forth digit of part number indicates degree of camber. Example: 05 for 0.5 (Wide 5) 0 for.0 (Wide 5) Winters Aluminum side tube with cambered steel spindles are available for the same applications as the steel side tubes. Use the same part number as steel and add the suffix A. Example: 05A for 0.5 (Wide 5) 0A for.0 (Wide 5) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

107 CAMBERED REAR SPECIFICATION FORM 0 Please Note: Because of the varying definitions of camber, Winters uses the designations up and down. UP refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing up toward the sky. DOWN refers to the threaded end of the spindle pointing down toward the ground. UP Pos. Down Neg. As shown above, there are various choices for direction of camber. It is essential that we are given the correct information in order to assemble your rear properly. Please circle the type of camber and note the degree of camber desired for both right and left sides. Please note if no camber is desired on one side. Also shown is degree of pinion tilt. If no tilt is required and the pinion is parallel to the ground, enter 0 for pinion tilt. Sign, Date and Return this form by FAX (-6-06) or mail to Winters. Customer Name Customer No. Address Phone Signature FAX Date 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

108 08 DIMENSIONAL DATA WIDE 5 P/N 50 HEAVY DUTY P/N 350 ENDURO P/N 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Lightweight Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Spool Right Axle = Left Axle = Urethane Differential Right Axle = Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 69 5/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /.3 WIDE 5 DIRT MODIFIED /8 P/N 580 HEAVY DUTY P/N 3580 ENDURO P/N 80 NON-QUICK CHANGE Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. 3 3/ Inner Brg. Shoulder AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Left Axle 8 / 8 / 5 5 Right Axle 3 5/8 End of Spindle Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Lightweight Alum Locker Right Axle = Offset Offset Tube Left Flange To Centerline Tube Right Flange To Centerline 3 /8 Hub Offset Left Axle = Spool Right Axle = Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) Keep in mind...with off-set rears, your right tube is longer than the left tube. Example: off-set moves the rear assembly over. To do this, the right tube will be longer than the left. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

109 / GRAND NATIONAL 5x5 DIMENSIONAL DATA 09 P/N 5063 HEAVY DUTY P/N 3563 ENDURO P/N 063 NON-QUICK CHANGE Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Spool, Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Offset Lightweight Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Offset Offset Left Axle = Offset When ordering tread width... Your rear assembly may be straight-up, meaning both tubes are the same length. A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) / / / / / / / / / / 3.50 GRAND NATIONAL P/N 690 HEAVY DUTY P/N 3590 ENDURO P/N 90 NON-QUICK CHANGE Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Lightweight Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Spool Right Axle = Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 66 3/ / / / / / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

110 0 DIMENSIONAL DATA SUPER SPEEDWAY P/N 80 Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Spool, Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Offset Track Star Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) / / /8.85 ELIMINATOR HUB (PAGE 80) Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Lightweight Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Spool Right Axle = Left Axle = Urethane Differential Right Axle = Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 69 5/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /.05 9 / /.55 Keep in mind...with off-set rears, your right tube is longer than the left tube. Example: off-set moves the rear assembly over. To do this, the right tube will be longer than the left. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

111 DIMENSIONAL DATA P/N 5063-MOD MODIFIED P/N K5063-MOD MODIFIED, MAGNESIUM P/N 5063-PROMOD PRO-MOD P/N K5063-PROMOD PRO-MOD, MAGNESIUM PRO ELIMINATOR /8 5 x 5 AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Spool, Aluminum Locker, Winters Track & Triple Track Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Lightweight Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Track Star Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) / / / / / / / / / / P/N V8-50 HEAVY DUTY P/N V8-350 ENDURO P/N V8-0 NON-QUICK CHANGE AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Offset Offset Spool & Triple Track (. Only) Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Wedgelock Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset Offset Left Axle = Offset Spool & Triple Track (. Only) Right Axle = Offset Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. WIDE 5 V8 A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 69 5/ / / / / / / / / / / / / Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. BABY GRAND V8 P/N V8-60 Left Axle = Wedgelock Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

112 DIMENSIONAL DATA / GRAND NATIONAL V8 5 x 5 Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. P/N V HEAVY DUTY P/N V ENDURO P/N V8-063 NON-QUICK CHANGE AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Spool & Triple Track (. Only) Right Axle = Offset Offset Offset Left Axle = Wedgelock Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) / / / / / / / / / /.35 When ordering tread width... Your rear assembly may be straight-up, meaning both tubes are the same length. GRAND NATIONAL V8 Please Note: Popular Dimensions Shown. All Dimensions Available. P/N V8-690 HEAVY DUTY P/N V ENDURO P/N V8-90 NON-QUICK CHANGE AXLE LENGTH FORMULAS Aluminum Locker Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Spool & Triple Track (. Only) Right Axle = Offset Left Axle = Wedgelock Right Axle = Left Axle = Offset Offset Offset A B C DOUBLE SPLINED AXLE TUBE END TO END LENGTH LENGTH (W/SPOOL) (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 66 3/ / / / / / / Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

113 0 & 8 SET-UP 3 Do Not Torch 350 F plus and heat treat is permanently lost. Localized hot spots cause permanent distortion and loss of critical alignments. Castings will crack if subjected to torching. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION! Preparatory To Installing Pinion Into Case (Center Section) -Retain pinion nose bearing on to the pinion gear with fast dry thread lock to insure the bearing does not fall off during installation into the center section. -Check and remove any nicks or burrs in the center section pinion bore. Make sure center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. 3-Heat the clean center to F in an oven. (DO NOT over heat as loss of heat treatment or distortion will occur.) Installing Pinion Into Case Remove heated center section from the oven and lubricate the pinion bearing bores and bearings. Install chilled pinion, then use a urethane (soft) hammer to insure the pinion is seated. Install the lower shaft and bearings while the center is still hot (don t burn yourself). -Lubricate all bearing bores. -Start front ball bearing into case bore approximately /8. 3-Install lower shaft through center section from rear to front into ball bearing. -Slide rear ball bearing over installed shaft and carefully tap rear bearing evenly into place. Pinion spacer P/N 500 and pinion retainer P/N 669A should now be installed using (6) P/N 0 HHCS 3/8-6 x torqued to 0-5 ft lbs. Install facing o clock Note: All bolts threaded into magnesium or aluminum should be treated with an anti-seize product. P/N 696A Pinion Retainer P/N 500 Pinion Spacer 5-Front ball bearing can now be evenly tapped into place. Note: The above assembly procedure is to insure that bearings do not cock sideways in center section. 6-Front seal plate may now be installed and retaining bolts torqued to 0-5 ft lbs. Allow assembled unit to cool to room temperature 68- F before attempting to adjust pinion bearing preload. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

114 0 & 8 SET-UP Tappered Roller Bearing Pinion Preload -When adjusting pinion bearing posi-lock with new bearings, torque the posi nut to obtain 5-0 in lbs, pinion bearing rotational preload. 3-5 in lbs for REM Bearings. 8-0 in lbs for used bearings. Lubricate O Ring in posi-lock retaining cap. Install retaining cap (use finger pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap from pinion and rotate to next spline on 0 spline shaft and re-install. 0 splines =0 combinations...try each spline for the best no resistance fit. Above preloads are set at 68 - F Angular Contact Bearing Pinion Preload Posi-Lock Assembly P/N 698R After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room temperature (68 - F), torque the pinion nut to Ft Lbs (approximate) Pinion preload is set. Lubricate O Ring in posi-lock retaining cap.install retaining cap (use finger pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap from pinion and rotate to next spline on 0 spline shaft and re-install. Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear - Adjusting Carrier preload is next. Remove seals and O Rings from bells. Do not install ring gear onto carrier or spool as of yet. - Stand left side bell and tube vertically with bell up. Install checking bearing on ring gear end of carrier or spool (refer to chart on page 5 for proper checking bearing). 3- Set carrier and bearing into left vertical bell. - Set center section assembly on bell, making sure center section is setting flat against bell flange without bell seals and O Rings. 5- Install second checking bearing on carrier. Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same. Note: Winters spools are manufactured to use approximately.080 shims for initial preload. 6- Right bell should now be put into position on top of center section. If bell flange has full contact with center section, shims should be added until right bell flange is held above center section approximately.05 for steel spool and steel Triple Track,.0 for Winters Track and Track Star,.00 for aluminum locker, and.00 for Winters aluminum spools and aluminum Triple Track. See figure on page 5 for carrier bearing preload crush. - Now that proper shim pack thickness has been determined, the shim pack should be removed and set aside for step number Ring gear should now be installed on carrier or spool making sure contact surfaces are perfectly clean. Install all bolts and torque nuts alternating in a crisscross pattern in steps to 35 ft lbs (Use 60 ft lbs for threaded W/P type ring gear bolts using belleville washers). Loctite adhesive should be used on these bolts. 9- Place one shim at a time under checking bearing on ring gear side of carrier. Placing carrier and ring gear assembly in left bell, set center section on left bell and check for ring gear/pinion backlash. Make sure adjustable ring gear pad in left bell is backed out far enough so that is does not make contact with the ring gear. (If you remove the wear pad completely DO NOT forget to replace it before tightening the thru bolts or complete rear will have to be disassembled to re-install the pad.) Carefully add shims until backlash has been removed. The remaining shims from the original shim pack should be installed on the opposite side of carrier. Put the right bell in place and bolt together. Check backlash. It should be between.00 and.006. If backlash is too much, shims from the right side must be moved to the left side. Once proper backlash is reached, the checking bearings can be removed and regular bearings installed, with shims in place. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

115 0 & 8 SET-UP 5 Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear Continued 0-Install new side bell seals (P/N 05) and O Rings ( & 6 rib bells P/N 03T, 8 rib bells P/N 03). Lubricate seals generously. Reassemble, install thrubolts, washers and nuts. Be sure to torque thrubolts in steps until a final torque of 35 ft lbs is reached using an alternating crisscross sequence. Spin the pinion over several times checking the backlash at several intervals. Backlash should be between.00 and.006. If backlash is not correct, the rear must be torn apart and the shims swapped from side to side until proper backlash is obtained. Tight spots are not acceptable. -Adjust ring gear wear pad by running wear pad in against the ring gear with force of 5 in lbs, then back off approximately / turn to obtain.008 to.00 clearance between ring gear and wear pad. Tighten jam nut on adjusting screw being careful not to turn adjusting screw any further. Note: Assembly Temperature: 68 - F P/N 03 Side Bell O Ring P/N 538 Seal Driver Used to Install Side Bell Seal P/N 05 P/N 05 Side Bell Seal P/N 83V Low Drag Viton Side Bell Seal FIGURE Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same. COMMONLY USED REPLACEMENT PARTS DESCRIPTION SIZE P/N Carrier Bearing, Steel Carrier Carrier Bearing, Aluminum Carrier Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Steel Carrier ACB Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Aluminum Carrier.03 30ACB Checking Bearing, Steel Carrier Checking Bearing, Aluminum Carrier Carrier Shim Kit, Steel Carrier Shim Kit, Aluminum Side Bell Seals Front Yoke Seal Front Yoke Seal T 0.50 Front Yoke Viton Seal V Gear Cover Gasket, 0 Bolt Heavy Duty Gear Cover Gasket, 0 Bolt HD O Ring, Bell, & 6 Rib T O Ring, Bell, 8 Rib Winters Threaded Ring Gear Bolts w/ Washers, each Winters Semi Synthetic Gear Oil w/ Moly FIGURE Important! Over-filling can cause problems as well as under-filling. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

116 6 0 NON-QUICK CHANGE SET-UP ND GENERATION PINION Place the pinion in the freezer before attempting installation into the center. Using a cold pinion with a warm center makes it a snap! Pinion Nose Roller Bearing 33 * Ring & Pinion 35XXX 3 O Ring 90 Inner Bearing Cone 55 5 Pinion Bearing /8 Washer 6 3/8-6 x / HHCS Crush Sleeve 6 9 Outer Bearing Cone Seal 60 Drive Yoke 6 Pinion Nut * When Ordering R&P Add Prefix 35 To Gear Ratio Desired. Ex. P/N 355 for.5 Ratio -Install each 3/8-6 x 3 guide pins into the center section pinion flange to assure holes line up when pinion is installed. -Check and remove any nicks or burrs in the center section pinion bore. Make sure center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION! 3-Heat the clean center to F in an oven. (Do not over heat! Loss of heat treat and distortion will occur). -Lubricate pinion bearing bore and bearings. 5-Install chilled pinion using a urethane (soft) hammer to insure pinion is seated. 6-Allow assembly to cool to room temperature (68 - F) before attempting to adjust the pinion bearing preload. -Back off pinion nut two turns. 8-With a soft punch (brass or aluminum) and a steel hammer, tap (not strike) on the yoke end of pinion to position pinion nose bearing into it s bore properly. 9-Using a yoke spanner and 3/ drive, /6-6 point socket, tighten pinion nut gradually while rotating pinion to allow bearings to align. Adjust pinion bearing preload to 0-5 in. lbs. 0-Remove guide studs and install bearing retaining bolts (using anti-seize). Torque to 0-5 ft. lbs. Pinion installation is now complete. (See Carrier Assembly and Ring Gear instructions on pages & 5) 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

117 Use specifications below when assembling the V8 / Mini Closed Tube. Use instructions starting on pages 3-5 for proper sequence. Do Not Torch 350 F plus and heat treat is permanently lost. Localized hot spots cause permanent distortion and loss of critical alignments. Castings will crack if subjected to torching. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION! Pinion Installation V8/MINI 8 3/8 & SET-UP Make sure center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. Heat center to F in an oven. (DO NOT over heat as loss of heat treatment or distortion will occur.) Remove heated center from oven, lubricate pinion bearing bore and bearings. Install chilled pinion, using a soft hammer to ensure the pinion is seated. Pinion Preload After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room temperature (68- F), torque the pinion retainer bolts to 5 Ft Lbs. Preload New pinion bearings, 5 In Lbs max. Preload Used bearings to 8-0 In Lbs. Shim Starting Point.085 Side Bell Preload without Seals or O Rings..005 Spool, Aluminum Locker & Triple Track.00 Wedgelock Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same. Back Lash (Ring/Pinion) (NO tight spots when rotated) Torque Specifications Pinion Retainer Bolts - 5 Ft Lbs. Gear Cover Bearing Retaining Caps - 60 In Lbs (5 Ft Lb). Slotted Ring Gear Bolt w/locknut - 35 Ft Lbs. Threaded WP Ring Gear Bolts with Belleville Washers - Final Torque (steel) 60 Ft Lbs. (use thread lock) Side Bell Nuts - 30 Ft Lbs. High Nuts - 0 Ft Lbs. Torque alternating in a crisscross pattern in steps to specified final torque. Note: All torque specs are the same for both Steel and Titanium unless specified otherwise. After Ring Gear is installed and back lash is of absolute minimum and the bolts/nuts torqued, the total preload of the assembly should be: Preload New pinion bearings and seals, 0-5 In Lbs. Preload Used pinion bearings and seals, 5-0 In Lbs. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

118 8 ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS LOW DRAG YOUR ENTIRE RACE CAR!!! RACE-BRED TECHNOLOGY FROM WINTERS! LOW DRAG ANGULAR CONTACT BEARINGS AND SEALS! Winters Low Drag Angular Contact Bearings generate less heat, less lubrication required and less energy consumption resulting in cooler operation. Available with steel balls. Silicon nitride balls have 50% higher modulus of elasticity resistance to deformation and 5-0% increase in elasticity while having 3- times the service life of conventional bearings. Available for various applications and products! Call for availability. P/N DESCRIPTION APPLICATION OPTION 30ACS 3/3 With 8 Steel Balls Rear Wheel Hub, / GN, 5x5, / Wide 5 85S-5 309ACS /6 with 6 Steel Balls Rear Wheel Hub, GN 5x5, Bearing 85S- 3ACS /6 with 6 Steel Balls Wide 5 Hub Inner 85S-W5 35ACS /6 with 5 Steel Balls Wide 5 Hub Outer 85S-W5 35ACS /6 with 5 Steel Balls Baby Grand Hub 85S-BG 30ACS /6 with 6 Steel Balls, Differential 0, 8 3/8, Non-QC, Xtremeliner,, V8,.03 Brg. Journal 8S-CT 86ACS /6 with 30 Steel Balls Pinion, 0 Quick Change 8S-P 8658ACS 5/6 with 6 Steel Balls /8 Hub 85S-8 309ACB.00 Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Steel Carrier 30ACB.03 Checking Bearing, Angular Contact, Aluminum Carrier NOTE: Ceramic Balls Available For Light Duty Applications P/N DESCRIPTION APPLICATION OPTION 83V Low Drag Seal, Differential 0, 8 3/8, Non-QC, Xtremeliner,, V8,.03 Brg. Journal 0V Low Drag Seal Wide 5 Hub 0LF Low Drag Seal / GN 9 Hub Assemblies When using angular contact bearings in hub assembly, pack bearings with wheel bearing grease as normal. Snug bearing locknut removing all bearing play. Do not over torque nut assembly. Hub should spin freely with no end play (zero preload). Secure locknut. Angular Contact Bearing Pinion Preload After pinion is installed and case has cooled down to room temperature (68 - F), torque the pinion nut to Ft Lbs (approximate) Pinion preload is set. Lubricate O Ring in posi-lock retaining cap. Install retaining cap (use finger pressure only). If it resists engagement, remove cap from pinion and rotate to next spline on 0 spline shaft and re-install. Whether using tapered roller bearings or angular contact bearings, side bell preload remains the same. (see pages 3-) REM PROCESS Option 88-BRG Winters offers an in-house REM Process, REM Chemicals, Inc. are innovators of the Isotropic Superfinish (ISF) Process. The ISF Process is a physicochemical process, using high density, non-abrasive ceramic media and conventional vibratory finishing equipment. The ISF Process removes the surface asperities inherent in machining processes. By safely removing these microscopic peaks, the ISF Process leaves a highly uniform surface, which reduces friction and allows for increased lubrication capability. While the dimensional integrity remains intact, the result is an improved component that will operated at lower temperatures, have increased durability, quieter operation and increased time between maintenance. 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

119 SPREADER BOLT INSTALLATION KIT P/N 60 Axles are to be positioned by means of spreader bolts as shown below. Use grade 8 (minimum) bolt with jam nut. Install into opposing ends of axles and adjust for /8-3/6 total clearance with both axle retaining plates installed. Torque jam nuts to 30 Ft. Lbs. IMPORTANT INFORMATION 9 BELL TORQUING PROCEDURE Caution Over torquing can induce permanent and unwanted angularities as shown in illustration at right. When attaching suspension brackets, exercise care when torquing thru bolts. Use a torque wrench to tighten bolts in steps. Tighten in a criss cross pattern to 35 ft. lbs. Over torquing these bolts will induce camber and/or toe-in or toe-out OO & /8 WIDE 5 HUB OIL LEVEL FRONT REAR Important Proper oil level is critical to the performance of these hubs. To fill, rotate the hub so the Oil Fill/Level Plug is positioned at 8 o clock. Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Oil Fill OIL LEVEL Spindle FRONT: Fill until oil level reaches the bottom of the Oil Fill/Level Plug. Approx. 3 /- oz. REAR: Fill until oil level reaches the bottom of the Spindle. Approx. 3 /- oz. Over-filling will result in oil entering your side tubes. Use Winters P/N 30 SAE 80W/90 or Mobil 5-90 Oil. TIE DOWN PROCEDURE BREAK-IN PROCEDURE As with any new or rebuilt product, be it an engine, transmission or rear end, it is important to avoid premature wear on the gears and bearings by avoiding full throttle loads and high RPM conditions for at least 0 miles. Start break in at 30% power and gradually increase not to exceed 80% power. Return the car to the pits, drain and refill the gear lube in both the rear end and the quick change gear cavity to the proper oil levels with the car sitting level. (over filling will cause excessive heat) If car is equipped with an oil circulator pump, it is advisable to use an inline filter (change oil and filter after each event) Winters recommends the continued use of Winters P/N 30 with Moly, semi synthetic lubricant or Mobil for the life of your rear end. TYPICAL TENSILE PROPERTIES AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES PSI Aluminum 05-T6, T65 Tensile Strength Yield Strength 90,000 80,000 0,000 60,000 50,000 0,000 30,000 0,000 0, Fahrenheit PSI Sand Cast Magnesium Tensile Strength Yield Strength 50,000 5,000 0,000 35,000 30,000 5,000 0,000 5, Fahrenheit The following typical properties are not guaranteed since in most cases they are averages for various sizes. This data is intended only as a guide when determining metals that best suit your requirements. Refer to Machinery Handbook for strengths of metals, published by Industrial Press, Inc., New York. FACT: Titanium is 60% the weight of steel. FACT: Aluminum is approx. 33% the weight of steel. FACT: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum. ALUMINUM TENSILE STRENGTH YIELD STRENGTH 05-T T T Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

120 0 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS What type of oil should I use in my Winters Rear End? Use a good quality lube, such as Winters semi synthetic with moly or Mobil Hypoid 0-90 (GL5) synthetic. What oil level should I maintain in my Winters Rear End? Do Not over-fill!! Too much lube causes excessive heat! (see illustration below) Full Size Rears 0 Always maintain oil level at below axle center line. Make sure the rear is level when checking oil. Mini / V8 8 3/8, Always maintain oil level at 3/ below axle center line. Make sure the rear is level when checking oil. 8,. Always maintain oil level at / below axle center line. Make sure the rear is level when checking oil. How do I fill my Winters Rear End with oil? The fill plug is located on the left side bell. Optional pinion inspection plug, right bell, may be used to fill, however, DO NOT USE to determine fluid level. To determine fluid level, fill until the oil runs out the oil level plug in the front of the right side bell. (see illustration at right) Ring gear bolt torque specifications. Threaded Ring Gear Bolts-60 Ft. Lbs. using red thread lock. Non-Threaded Ring Gear Bolt and Locknut-35 Ft. Lbs. Side bell stud torque specifications. Full size rears, 0 (/6 studs) 35 Ft Lbs. Mini / V8 8 3/8, (3/8 studs) 30 Ft Lbs. What is the correct way to install quick change gears? The machined lip faces out. Can I use Helical Gears in my Winters Rear End? Not in extreme applications. Helical gears create excessive and destructive thrust loads on all shafts and bearings. Helical gears have their advantages, but not in this application. Can I use Wide Gears in my Winters Rear End? No. It s a fact wide quick change gears will cause over-heating in long races. Fact: Titanium is 60% the weight of steel Fact: Aluminum is approx. 33% the weight of steel Fact: Magnesium is 66% the weight of aluminum See Machinery Handbook for strengths of metals, published by Industrial Press Inc., New York How do I remove my pinion? Make sure that the center is clean and free of chemicals or flammable materials. Use an oven to heat your center to F. Magnesium can be ignited - Exercise CAUTION! Torching your center will damage the casting and ring & pinion life will be adversely affected. Can I use Quick Change side bells on my Non-Quick Change? Yes. However, the side bells are rotated 80 forward. This will affect mounting brackets, etc., that are welded to the tubes. Can I determine R&P ratio without opening up the rear? Yes. Elevate the car (engine off). Remove quick change gears. Chalk mark the tire at the o clock position. Chalk mark the pinion at the o clock position. Rotate the tire by hand complete revolution. Count pinion rotation as tire is rotated. Just past revolutions =./., / revolutions =.5, almost 5 revolutions = Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

121 REAR WHEEL HUBS P/N SW95-6W P/N SW95-6 6lbs 9oz lbs oz P/N DESCRIPTION SW5 Set Screw for Stud (/-8 x 5/6 ) SW5 Spindle Seal SW55 Hub Seal SW68 SW980-0 SW980-0 SW983 Specifications Forged Steel Hub Seal Retaining Ring Pre-Heat Treated to Rc3-36 Then Machined Spindle Locknut, Right Hand, N- ARP Wheel Studs Preferred Spindle Locknut, Left Hand, NL- Locknut Washer, W- Outer Bearing -Cone: Timken #38A -Cup: Timken #38A Inner Bearing -Cone: Timken #8995 -Cup: Timken #89 REAR DRIVE FLANGES Manufactured Since 999, THOUSANDS SOLD P/N SW96-69 Specifications Forged 30 Steel Heat Treated For Best Durability Race Proven lbs oz SPINDLES STRAIGHT SPINDLE P/N SW9-890 Right Thread P/N SW9-890 Left Thread CAMBERED SPINDLE P/N SW9--XX R or L 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N SW9-05L SW9-0L SW9-5L SW9-8L SW9-0L P/N P/N P/N P/N P/N SW9-05R SW9-0R SW9-5R SW9-8R SW9-0R STOCK CAR AND SUPERSPEEDWAY COMPONENTS Manufactured Since 99, THOUSANDS SOLD See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

122 FRONT HUBS STOCK CAR AND SUPERSPEEDWAY COMPONENTS Manufactured Since 999 P/N SW Specifications Forged Steel Pre-Heat Treated to Rc3-36 Then Machined 6lbs 5oz P/N SW953-69W Outer Bearing -Cone: Timken #69 -Cup: Timken #630 Inner Bearing -Cone: Timken #HM8039 -Cup: Timken #HM803 ARP Wheel Studs Preferred lbs 9oz PREMIUM STEERING ARMS P/N SW93-0 P/N SW93-0 Specifications Fully Machined All Over Forged 30 Steel Pre Heat Treated to Rc3-36 Then Machined Front Steer or Rear Steer Conceivably The Strongest Steering Components Available 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

123 SPINDLE SET Partially Machined (Set Includes ) Forged 30 Steel Pre-Heat Treated to Rc3-36 Then Machined Will EDM To Customers Specs Optional Shot-Peening Available Finish Ground Available In Any State Of Completion Or Send Us Your Specs (Prints) For Completion Optional Magnafluxed And X-Rayed Inspection With Authentication Papers Available SPINDLE KIT KIT P/N SW93-0 Specifications Universal Left & Right Spindles With Steering Arms Forming To Regulations Forged 30 Steel Pre-Heat Treated to Rc3-36 Then Machined Optional Shot-Peening And/Or Nitriding Optional Magnafluxed And X-Rayed Inspection With Authentication Papers Available SPINDLE NUT AND WASHER P/N SW936-6 Specifications Spindle Nut 30 Steel Heat Treated To 0-5 RC 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc. P/N SW Specifications Spindle Washer Steel Zinc Plated STOCK CAR AND SUPERSPEEDWAY COMPONENTS Specifications SET P/N SW9-6 See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

124 SOLID DOUBLE SPLINED AXLES P/N SW (Specify Length) STOCK CAR AND SUPERSPEEDWAY COMPONENTS Radius Splines Accommodate Camber Specifications Hy-Tuf Spec Steel 3- Splines REM Process Is Standard The Most Popular Axle In The Industry Available Lengths STUDS P/N SW93-58 P/N SW93-59 Short Track Superspeedway Specifications Specifications 33 Steel 33 Steel Heat Treated To Rc0- Heat Treated To Rc0-3 3/8 Under The Head / Under The Head Knurl Size: 0.65 Major Diameter Serrations Knurl Size: 0.65 Major Diameter Serrations PITMAN ARMS P/N SW93-09 P/N SW P/N SW93-0 Shown From Above Specifications Forged 30 Steel P/N SW Machined In The Heat Treated State To Avoid Heat Treat Distortion P/N SW93-0 Custom Offsets Available UPPER A ARM CROSS SHAFT P/N SW93-83 STRUT ROD END P/N SW Specifications Specifications Forged 30 Steel Forged 30 Steel Heat Treated To Rc38-3/-6-A Thread 0 Winters Performance Products, Inc.. 50 Heat Treated To Rc38-3/-6-A Thread See inside rear cover of catalog or visit web site for limited warranty and venue provision.

125

126 580 Trolley Road York, PA 08 USA Hours 8:30 am to 5:30 pm EST Monday - Friday P: F: There is no substitute for the best! All Winters Rears are assembled with light pinion preload and light carrier preload. Winters uses the finest ring & pinions money can buy, assuring you optimum efficiency and reliability. Some of our most popular options include Lightweight Ring Gears, Gundrilled Pinions, REM Surface Finish, Soft Lip Viton Seals with Light Springs, Gundrilled Lower Shafts, Aluminum Yokes, Angular Contact Pinion and Carrier Bearings, Thermal Heat Dispersant, Lightweight Differentials and Titanium Bolt Kits just to name a few. Over 50 years of experience has made us what we are today, the best manufacturer of Quick Change Rears in the world! Our track record speaks for itself! Thanks For Choosing Winters! EXPORTING WINTERS GOODS CONTRARY TO U.S. EXPORT LAWS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. ORDER POLICY Know your customer number. Order by part number. Winters will not be responsible for incorrect orders placed by description only. Specify shipping instructions - otherwise use our discretion. Refused orders will have a $5.00 handling charge and applicable freight charges billed to the customers account. Special orders cannot be cancelled after the order is in process. RETURN POLICY IMPORTANT: All returns must include a Return Authorization Number (RA#), The issuance of an RA# does not constitute a guarantee of credit or replacement. Credit, refund or replacement will only be issued after an inspection and determination at our discretion. No returns are accepted on special order merchandise, obsolete products, damaged, used or altered merchandise. Returns will not be accepted after six (6) months of date of purchase. ALL RETURNED MERCHANDISE MUST INCLUDE: RA# clearly written on outside of box(s) as well as: - Customer number, name and phone number - Copy of invoice - Written explanation for cause of return - Whether the return is for credit, refund or replacement Returned merchandise is subject to the following restocking fees (except sellers error): - to 90 Days = 5% - 9 Days to Six (6) Months = 5% - NO RETURNS AFTER SIX (6) MONTHS Returns must be freight pre-paid (except sellers error) Returned parts must be packaged properly to avoid damage in transit SHIPPING DAMAGES MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO YOUR CARRIER SHORTAGE CLAIMS MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY SAVE YOUR CARTONS

127 LIMITED WARRANTY Background Winters Performance Products, Inc., referred to herein as Winters, manufactures parts and equipment which are purchased by persons in various industries, who may install and use Winters parts and equipment in applications which may not be suitable for that Purchaser s intended purpose. Purchaser understands, recognizes and acknowledges that all parts and equipment manufactured or sold by Winters are exposed to many, varied and unforeseeable uses and conditions. As a consequence, Winters can make no promise, warranty, affirmation or representation as to the performance of its parts or equipment, nor does Winters make any description of the parts or equipment sold to Purchaser, nor does Winters make any description or affirmation of fact concerning any sample or model of parts or equipment except as specifically set forth in this Limited Warranty. As further consideration for Purchaser using Winters parts or equipment, Purchaser acknowledges that, due to differing conditions and circumstances under which all parts and equipment are installed and used, Purchaser is not relying on Winters skill and judgment to select or furnish the proper part or equipment. Purchaser expressly affirms that it is relying on its own expertise, skill, and judgment to select, purchase, and install parts or equipment which are suitably safe and durable for their intended purpose. Purchaser assumes all risks associated with the performance of Winters parts. Limited Warranty Winters warrants to Purchaser that any part or equipment manufactured by Winters ( a Part ) will conform to the description of such Part contained in the catalog most recently published by Winters prior to the time of sale of such part or equipment to Purchaser ( the Description ). WINTERS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO ANY PART. WINTERS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY AS TO PERFORMANCE OF ANY PART. The liability of Winters for breach of the foregoing warranty is limited to repair or replacement of any Part determined to fail to conform to its Description prior to installation and use. The burden of establishing that any Part fails to conform to its Description shall be upon Purchaser. In order to be entitled to repair or replacement of any Part, Purchaser must (i) inspect the Part upon receipt; and (ii) notify Winters in writing of the defect PRIOR TO INSTALLA- TION OF THE PART. In no event shall Winters be liable hereunder for any Part which has been installed. Purchaser assumes all risk relating to a Part once such Part is installed. WINTERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAM- AGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS) OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PART. Every claim under this Limited Warranty shall be deemed waived unless made in writing within ninety (90) days of delivery of the Part by Winters to Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that, due to the multiple uses of Parts, it is impossible for Winters to predict the performance of any Parts once installed or the suitability of any Parts for any particular use. Purchaser expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer. Indemnity Against Third Party Claims PURCHASER HEREBY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS WINTERS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, LIABILITY, LOSS AND DAMAGES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS FEES, MADE BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST WINTERS RELATING TO A PART OR THE USE OF ANY PART. Purchaser understands and agrees that no officer, director, employee or agent of Winters (including but not limited to any vendor, dealer, or distributor) has any authority to make any statements contrary to the terms of this Limited Warranty. Winters specifically disavows any statements contrary to what is above written. Choice of Law/Venue This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Any legal action which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies, or claims arising out of or related to this Limited Warranty or the purchase or use of any Part shall be litigated exclusively in the Court of Common Pleas of York County, Pennsylvania or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania. Miscellaneous This writing constitutes the full, complete and final statement of Winters Limited Warranty for Parts. All prior oral and written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding Parts are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This Limited Warranty may not be altered, amended, extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of Winters. Winters failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Purchaser. Winters responsibility for merchandise shipped via common carrier ceases upon delivering the order to the carrier. Winters is not responsible for merchandise lost or damaged in transit. Purchaser must file a claim with the delivery carrier for merchandise lost or damaged during transit. Winters will assist Purchaser by supplying any information necessary for submission of a claim. It is the responsibility of the Purchaser to comply with all laws and regulations, Federal, State and Local, governing resale of products sold by Winters. NSF Charge: $38.00 per returned check/payment. Repayments must be by cashier check or money order. On request, all parts in Winters Performance Products, Inc. inventory and/or catalog are available in super strength heat treated steel (300,000/350,000 P.S.I. tensile extra cost and special order. Refer to machinery handbook for strengths of other materials. RACING IS A DANGEROUS SPORT THAT CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. THE ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PARTICIPANT AND VEHICLE SAFETY LIES WITH THE PARTICIPANT. 0 - Winters Performance Products, Inc. All rights reserved. Winters claims no responsibility for typographical errors. Contents of this catalog may not be reproduced without written permission.

128

SPRINT & MIDGET COMPONENTS WINTERS PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS, INC.

SPRINT & MIDGET COMPONENTS WINTERS PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS, INC. SPRINT & MIDGET COMPONENTS WINTERS PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS, INC. Catalog #WP, Volume WINTERS PERFORMANCE PRODUCTS, INC. 0 Trolley Road York, PA 0 USA P: -- F: --0 www.wintersperformance.com Hours: :0 AM-:0

More information

Magnesium Option, Late Model Front Seal, Viton, P/N 67256V Rear Seal, Viton, P/N 67257V Shifter Installed Heat Treated Yoke, P/N

Magnesium Option, Late Model Front Seal, Viton, P/N 67256V Rear Seal, Viton, P/N 67257V Shifter Installed Heat Treated Yoke, P/N DESCRIPTION OPTION Magnesium Option, Late Model 80100L Front Seal, Viton, P/N 67256V 80109 Rear Seal, Viton, P/N 67257V 80110L Shifter Installed 80112L Heat Treated Yoke, P/N 62946-6 80119-6 Heat Treated

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP-00322 February 2015 Two-Speed-Planetary Double Reduction 19055T/P, 21065T/P, 22065T/P, 23065T/P Model Table of Contents General Information... 3 How To Use

More information

X Jeep / Eagle Model 44 /216 Front Axles for. 4 x 2, Military, J10, J20, Cherokee, Honcho, Wagoneer, Grand Wagoneer

X Jeep / Eagle Model 44 /216 Front Axles for. 4 x 2, Military, J10, J20, Cherokee, Honcho, Wagoneer, Grand Wagoneer X510-9 Jeep / Eagle 1978-1992 Model 44 /216 Front Axles for 4 x 2, Military, J10, J20, Cherokee, Honcho, Wagoneer, Grand Wagoneer 329 Exploded View X510-9 330 X510-9 Parts Listing ITEM NO. PART NUMBER

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP0201 September 2006 DSH40(P), DSH44(P), DDH40(P), DDH44(P), RSH40, RSH44, RDH40, RDH44, 22060SH TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Models... 2 General Information...

More information

Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List

Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List 0/9/0 NEW Winters 4.: w/5: light black axle and Black Thermal coating Winters 4.: Medium weight axle Weld Direct Mount Hubs Ultra light w/ bearings pair Titanium spindles

More information

Ilustrated Parts List

Ilustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Ilustrated Parts List Spicer All Wheel 4 x 4 Drive System AXIP-0400 November 1999 Page to Insert The Spicer 4x4 Drive System Axle models and other equipment covered in this publication

More information

Hoffman Auto Racing Use Parts Sale List (513)

Hoffman Auto Racing Use Parts Sale List (513) Hoffman Auto Racing Use Parts Sale List (513) 697-9537 10/28/2015 LIST PRICE SALE PRICE XYZ bird cages wing and non-wing pickups with dual row bearings (pr) XYZ angled broached RF torsion arm XYZ "S" bend

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Tandem Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP0085a January 1994 Single Reduction, Dual Range, & Double Reduction Addendum 461, 462, 463, 521, 581 46,000-65,000 lbs Introduction Single Reduction w/wheel

More information

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORGED SUPERLITE BIG BRAKE FRONT HUB KIT WITH 3.00 DIAMETER VENTED ROTOR 968-969 FORD MUSTANG (DISC BRAKE SPINDLE ONLY) PART NUMBER GROUP 0-950 WARNING INSTALLATION OF THIS KIT

More information

(513) Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List (513)

(513) Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List (513) (513) 697-9537 Hoffman Auto Racing Sale List (513) 697-9537 11/22/2011 LIST PRICE SALE PRICE MPD Aluminum U-Joint assembly $ 75.00 U-Joint #6875 New style Thicker Yoke 27 races since new U-Joint #6998

More information

Loader Backhoe Front Axle Parts 2WD & 4WD

Loader Backhoe Front Axle Parts 2WD & 4WD Loader Backhoe Front Axle Parts 2WD & 4WD SECTION G LOADER BACKHOE FRONT AXLE PARTS CASE 2WD AXLE PARTS G2 - G5 CARRARO APPLICATIONS G6 - G25 FRONT AXLE KITS G23 - G25 CASE POWER STEERING VALVES & PUMPS

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP-0054 March 2014 S110 Model Table of Contents General Information... 2 How To Use Illustrated Parts List... 2 Model Identification... 3 Axle Parts Explode...

More information

250P Manure Spreader

250P Manure Spreader 0P Manure Spreader Illustrated Parts Breakdown Page - Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page - Page Page Page 0 Complete Front End PTO/Jack/Hitch Assembly Front Pulley Assembly

More information

PROPELLER SHAFT & DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER SECTIONPD CONTENTS

PROPELLER SHAFT & DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER SECTIONPD CONTENTS PROPELLER SHAFT & DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER SECTIONPD CONTENTS PREPARATION...2 PROPELLER SHAFT...5 On-Vehicle Service...6 Removal and Installation...7 Inspection...7 Disassembly...7 Assembly...8 ON-VEHICLE

More information

FULL FLOATER HUB KIT INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FULL FLOATER HUB KIT INSTRUCTION MANUAL FULL FLOATER HUB KIT INSTRUCTION MANUAL WARNING: All components are shipped assembled for illustration purposes only. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINAL ASSEMBLY. Please read instructions thoroughly before

More information

CHEVROLET 12-BOLT PASSENGER CAR

CHEVROLET 12-BOLT PASSENGER CAR Ring and Pinion Sets We offer complete coverage of ratios for your 12-bolt rears. The first letter of the part number indicates manufacturer. The last three numbers are the gear ratios. 8.875 Ring Gear

More information

X Dodge / Chrysler /2. Model 44 /216 Disconnect Front Axles for. W1500 and W2500 Ram

X Dodge / Chrysler /2. Model 44 /216 Disconnect Front Axles for. W1500 and W2500 Ram Dodge / Chrysler 1994-1998 1 /2 Model 44 /216 Disconnect Front Axles for W1500 and W2500 Ram 15 Exploded View 16 Parts Listing ITEM NO. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 (3) Housing Axle Service 2 (1) Drive Pinion

More information

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Industrial Axle SRDP SRDP-30-S Since S/N (7/2005) Book No. 349 (6/2007)

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Industrial Axle SRDP SRDP-30-S Since S/N (7/2005) Book No. 349 (6/2007) SPARE PARTS BOOK Industrial Axle Sisu Axles, Inc. Autotehtaantie 1 PO Box 189 FIN-13101 Hameenlinna Finland Phone +358 204 55 2999 Fax +358 204 55 2900 15.6.2007 1 Axle L1049 5 6 2 1 3 4 11 9 10 13 15

More information

WRANGLER, CHEROKEE AND COMANCHE, FRONT AXLE WHEEL HUB CONVERSION KIT

WRANGLER, CHEROKEE AND COMANCHE, FRONT AXLE WHEEL HUB CONVERSION KIT WRANGLER, CHEROKEE AND COMANCHE, FRONT AXLE WHEEL HUB CONVERSION KIT -YA WU-07 5 x 4.5 -YA WU-08 5 x 5.5 *THIS KIT IS NOT INTENDED FOR VEHICLES WITH ABS AND YA WU-08 WILL CHANGE BOLT PATTERN TO 5 ON 5.5*

More information

Page 1 of 7 Section 05-03A: Axle, Front Drive, Dana Models 44 and 50 1996 Bronco/F-Series Workshop Manual DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Procedure revision date: 06/19/2000 Hubs, Automatic Lock Refer to Section

More information

Mulching and Finishing Mowers MP and FP

Mulching and Finishing Mowers MP and FP Mulching and Finishing Mowers MP and FP Parts Manual Locke Turf 0 Highway E, Opp, Alabama, () -00 Transport Wheel, Tire & Spindle MP and FP ALPHABETICAL INDEX CONTENTS PAGE 00 Hydraulic Cylinder (Rear)

More information

Drive End Bracket & Bearing. Drive End Bracket. Tandem Axle # #865733

Drive End Bracket & Bearing. Drive End Bracket. Tandem Axle # #865733 Drive End Bracket & Bearing #865089 1 06409700 1" Lock Collar 2 865733 Drive Bracket w/ Bearing 3 310037 End Drive Shaft Drive End Bracket #865733 1 03003100 Bearing 1" w/snap Ring 2 957795 Drive End Bracket

More information

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR DYNALITE DRAG RACE FRONT HUB KIT WITH DIAMETER SOLID ROTOR PINTO / MUSTANG II

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR DYNALITE DRAG RACE FRONT HUB KIT WITH DIAMETER SOLID ROTOR PINTO / MUSTANG II ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR DYNALITE DRAG RACE FRONT HUB KIT WITH 0.75 DIAMETER SOLID ROTOR 97-978 PINTO / MUSTANG II (FIVE LUG CONFIGURATION ONLY)* PART NUMBER GROUP 0-03-B DISC BRAKES SHOULD ONLY BE INSTALLED

More information

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Front Axle SSDP-12-S. Book No. 209 (4/2010)

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Front Axle SSDP-12-S. Book No. 209 (4/2010) SPARE PARTS BOOK Front Axle Sisu Axles, Inc. Autotehtaantie 1 PO Box 189 FIN-13101 Hameenlinna Finland Phone +8 20 2999 Fax +8 20 2900 16.8.2012 1 Axle L96 2 22 2 7 8 9 10 20 21 1 26 27 22 2 23 19 13 21

More information

SECTION 3A FRONT DRIVE AXLE TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. Description Drive Shaft Type. CV Joint Axle Housing Type

SECTION 3A FRONT DRIVE AXLE TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. Description Drive Shaft Type. CV Joint Axle Housing Type SECTION 3A FRONT DRIVE AXLE TABLE OF CONTENTS Specifications........................ 3A-1 General Specifications.................. 3A-1 Fastener Tightening Specifications......... 3A-2 Component Locator...................

More information

3.2 DRIVE TORQUE HUB. Roll, Leak and Brake Testing SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE. 3-2 JLG Lift

3.2 DRIVE TORQUE HUB. Roll, Leak and Brake Testing SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE. 3-2 JLG Lift 3.2 DRIVE TORQUE HUB Roll, Leak and Brake Testing 10 LUG PATTERN Torque-Hub units should always be roll and leak tested before disassembly and after assembly to make sure that the unit's gears, bearings

More information

TT8101 Rotary Tedder

TT8101 Rotary Tedder TT0 Rotary Tedder Illustrated Parts Breakdown Page Front End Page Page Transport Axle Assembly Cylinder Linkage Page Guards Page Page Page Page Transport Lock Assembly Lift Frame Assembly Center Tunnel

More information

First, check and record the camber and caster readings, they will be adjusted later.

First, check and record the camber and caster readings, they will be adjusted later. First, check and record the camber and caster readings, they will be adjusted later. The caliper-mounting bosses are machined perpendicular to the spindle so they are an excellent place for the level.

More information

Part # Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package

Part # Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package 350 S. St. Charles St. Jasper, In. 47546 Ph. 812.482.2932 Fax 812.634.6632 www.ridetech.com Part # 12099599 64-66 Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package Front Components: 1 12093699 Upper Strong Arms 1 12092899

More information

PARTS CATALOG MODELS 310, 410, 610, 910 GRAIN CART. Unverferth

PARTS CATALOG MODELS 310, 410, 610, 910 GRAIN CART. Unverferth Unverferth Manufacturing Company, Inc. P.O. Box 357 Kalida, Ohio 45853 (419) 532-3121 FAX (419) 532-2468 Grain Carts PARTS CATALOG 290901 MODELS 310, 410, 610, 910 GRAIN CART REVISED 10-12-00 Unverferth

More information

Huge 10 Year Anniversary / OPEN HOUSE Sale. 10th Annual OPEN HOUSE November 14 & 15

Huge 10 Year Anniversary / OPEN HOUSE Sale. 10th Annual OPEN HOUSE November 14 & 15 10th Annual OPEN HOUSE November 14 & 15 Friday 11:00am to 6:00pm Saturday 8:00am to 1:00pm Huge 10 Year Anniversary / OPEN HOUSE Sale Sprint Car, Late Model, Micro-Sprint & Pit Supplies Celebrate Our 10th

More information

PARTS MAN UAL SDA-1200 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1400 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1600 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE

PARTS MAN UAL SDA-1200 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1400 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1600 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE PARTS MAN UAL SDA-1200 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1400 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE SDA-1600 STEER ABLE DRIVE AXLE WITH EX TENDED SERV ICE BRAKES AND ABS PRO VI SIONS Fabco Automotive Corporation, Livermore, CA

More information

LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS MANUAL BUSH HOG MODEL: 307 SECTION: 16

LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS MANUAL BUSH HOG MODEL: 307 SECTION: 16 BUSH HOG LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR S MANUAL MODEL: 0 SECTION: P.O. Box 0 Selma, AL 0-0 () - () -00 Parts Ordering -00-0- Fax -00-- www.bushhog.com BUSH HOG / LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR S MANUAL SEPTEMBER, 0

More information

Chevy Nova Pro-Touring Front Suspension Installation Instructions

Chevy Nova Pro-Touring Front Suspension Installation Instructions 1962-1967 Chevy Nova Pro-Touring Front Suspension Installation Instructions 1-800-984-6259 www.totalcostinvolved.com 1 Pro-Touring Clip A-Arm Assembly Sway Bar Assembly Fender Panel Kit 8 7/16-20 * 1 ¼

More information

MODELS 470, 570, 670, 770 Corner Auger GRAIN CART (For Model 970 Information, Refer to Manual #250541)

MODELS 470, 570, 670, 770 Corner Auger GRAIN CART (For Model 970 Information, Refer to Manual #250541) OPERATOR S MANUAL PARTS CATALOG MODELS 470, 570, 670, 770 Corner Auger GRAIN CART (For Model 970 Information, Refer to Manual #250541) PART NO. 250611 200026 Late Model 70 Series 290374 Early Model 70

More information

Next, set the bar level and tighten it down. Do this on both the driver and passenger sides.

Next, set the bar level and tighten it down. Do this on both the driver and passenger sides. Next, set the bar level and tighten it down. Do this on both the driver and passenger sides. Using two tape measures, measure the outside width at the front and the rear of the tubes. The front dimension

More information

1. General Description

1. General Description 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATION 1. MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND FRONT DIFFERENTIAL Type Transmission gear ratio Front reduction gear Rear reduction gear Front differential Center differential Final

More information

PARTS CATALOG MODELS 320, 420, 520, 620, 820 GRAIN CART. Unverferth

PARTS CATALOG MODELS 320, 420, 520, 620, 820 GRAIN CART. Unverferth Unverferth Manufacturing Company, Inc. P.O. Box 357 Kalida, Ohio 45853 (419) 532-3121 FAX (419) 532-2468 Grain Carts PARTS CATALOG MODELS 320, 420, 520, 620, 820 GRAIN CART Unverferth Manufacturing Co.,

More information

Part # Mustang Complete HQ Series Coil-Over Kit

Part # Mustang Complete HQ Series Coil-Over Kit 350 S. St. Charles St. Jasper, In. 47546 Ph. 812.482.2932 Fax 812.634.6632 www.ridetech.com Front Components: Part # 12090210 64-66 Mustang Complete HQ Series Coil-Over Kit 1 12093509 HQ Series Front Coil-Overs

More information

DRIVE AXLE Volvo 960 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION AXLE IDENTIFICATION DRIVE AXLES Volvo Differentials & Axle Shafts

DRIVE AXLE Volvo 960 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION AXLE IDENTIFICATION DRIVE AXLES Volvo Differentials & Axle Shafts DRIVE AXLE 1994 Volvo 960 1994 DRIVE AXLES Volvo Differentials & Axle Shafts 960 DESCRIPTION & OPERATION All 960 station wagon models use type 1041 rear axle assembly. All 960 4-door models use type 1045

More information

G190 LT-145 (1992) Page 1 of 27 42" Mower Deck

G190 LT-145 (1992) Page 1 of 27 42 Mower Deck 132-736G190 LT-145 (1992) Page 1 of 27 42" Mower Deck 132-736G190 LT-145 (1992) Page 2 of 27 42" Mower Deck 3 17600A 1 S 42" Deck Ass'y. Code: N notates a new part (not previously existing). 813-06119

More information

=-=-===~-~", Speedex. Owners and Parts Manual for. Model 1732

=-=-===~-~, Speedex. Owners and Parts Manual for. Model 1732 -------------=-=-===~-~", Speedex Owners and Parts Manual for Model 1732 FRONT END tem Description Part No. 1. 4 x 12 tire 0041-2412 2. 4 x 12 tube 0041-1412 3. 1/2 x 20 cone nut 0914-3500 4. 4x 12 rim

More information

Lavonia Speedway 2018 Racing Season

Lavonia Speedway 2018 Racing Season Lavonia Speedway 2018 Racing Season Stock 4 Cylinder- (Window Safety Net & Mufflers are Mandatory) (*note 2 engine combinations*) BODY - A. Stock auto only B. May have complete aluminum body C. Inner panel

More information

To Order Call (562)

To Order Call (562) 451 Park Industrial Dr. La Habra CA 90631 Phone: (562) 691-7006 Fax: (562) 691-5708 www.kugelkomponents.com 2017 PRICE SHEET #17 INDEPENDENT FRONT SUSPENSION SYSTEMS For All IFS Powder Coated (Black Only):

More information

1984 Dodge W250 PICKUP

1984 Dodge W250 PICKUP 1984 Dodge W250 PICKUP Submodel: Engine Type: V8 Liters: 5.2 Fuel Delivery: CARB Fuel: GAS Dana 44 MODELS THROUGH 1984 2. Raise and safely support the vehicle, then remove the wheel hub and bearings as

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP-0487 February 201 S140 Model Table of Contents General Information... 2 How To Use Illustrated Parts List... 2 Model Identification... 3 Axle Parts Explode...

More information

Made. in the. the Best Axles. for the Jeep Wrangler are also. the Best Value!

Made. in the. the Best Axles. for the Jeep Wrangler are also. the Best Value! Made in the the Best Axles for the Jeep Wrangler are also the Best Value! 714-596-4461 www.dynatrac.com Axle Package ProRock 44 Unlimited Front Housing Includes Raised Track-Bar Bracket with Integrated

More information

MANUAL TRANSAXLE Return to Main Table of Contents

MANUAL TRANSAXLE Return to Main Table of Contents MANUAL TRANSAXLE Return to Main Table of Contents GENERAL... 2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE CONTROL... 12 SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY... 14 MANUAL TRANSAXLE... 15 MANUAL TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY... 17 FIFTH SPEED SYNCHRONIZER

More information

Maintenance Instructions

Maintenance Instructions General Note These instructions contain information common to more than one model of Bevel Gear Drive. To simplify reading, similar models have been grouped as follows: GROUP 1 Models 11, 0, 1,, (illustrated),,

More information

THE Ultra 4-Link Rear

THE Ultra 4-Link Rear THE Ultra 4-Link Rear Fully machined lightweight aluminum housing & components 16, 17", 18" and 19" center to center 4-link widths 3/4 thick and internally ribbed faceplate Integral wheelie bar mounts

More information

parts list and service manual

parts list and service manual CS0 & CS Series clutch shift pto parts list and service manual U.S. Pat.,2,0 for the allison world transmission CS0 & CS Series Clutch shift PTO Exploded View parts list and description item qty part number

More information

Part s Catalog. LX500 Lawn Tractor. Model No. 13AP60RP744. Original Instructions (EN) (01/31/06)

Part s Catalog. LX500 Lawn Tractor.   Model No. 13AP60RP744. Original Instructions (EN) (01/31/06) Part s Catalog For Parts Call 0-- or 0-- LX00 Lawn Tractor Model No. AP0RP Original Instructions (EN) -0 (0//0) For Parts Call 0-- or 0-- Model P0RP NUMBER --00 Turf Tire, 0 x 0.0 x -000-00 Rim,.0 x.0-0-0

More information

Telephone (925) Fax (925) Lawrence Drive, Livermore, CA 94551

Telephone (925) Fax (925) Lawrence Drive, Livermore, CA 94551 Telephone (95) 454-9500 Fax (95) 454-950 5 Lawrence Drive, Livermore, CA 9455 PARTS MANUAL INDEX STEERABLE DRIVE AXLE ASSEMBLY STEERABLE DRIVE END ASSEMBLY BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY TO USE THIS BOOK:. Refer

More information

7207 FRONT BULKHEAD, nylon FRONT BULKHEAD ALUMINUM SUPPORT HINGE PIN, inner, with clips, 1.675" pr GT RACING FRONT

7207 FRONT BULKHEAD, nylon FRONT BULKHEAD ALUMINUM SUPPORT HINGE PIN, inner, with clips, 1.675 pr GT RACING FRONT RC10GT & RTR GT MC 9 McCOY GLOW PLUG 1 3.9 2661 CLUTCH NUT CLIPS 6.7 3216 WASHER, #4 12 1.00 3719 NYLON WIRE TIES, 6" heavy duty 12 2.00 3720 NYLON TIES, 8", light duty for receiver 12 2.00 3721 SELF-TAPPING

More information

Service Bulletin No. 2874

Service Bulletin No. 2874 MODEL TYPE SECTION/GROUP DATE SUBJECT 102 E / E4500 / J4500 Series Coaches Service Information 04--Brakes MERITOR BRAKE CALIPER SERVICE PARTS CHART Dec. 24, 2003 CONDITIONS may be purchased from MCI Service,

More information

Slide the billet aluminum cap over the bushing and secure with the 3/8-16 x 2 1/2 socket head allen and locknuts provided.

Slide the billet aluminum cap over the bushing and secure with the 3/8-16 x 2 1/2 socket head allen and locknuts provided. Slide the billet aluminum cap over the bushing and secure with the 3/8-16 x 2 1/2 socket head allen and locknuts provided. Put the urethane bushings into the upper antiroll-bar-link eyebolt. Coat the bushings

More information

Dodge Light Duty Axle Applications. X510-5 September, Supersedes X510-5DSD dated January 1999

Dodge Light Duty Axle Applications. X510-5 September, Supersedes X510-5DSD dated January 1999 Dodge 1999-2001 Light Duty Axle Applications X510-5 September, 2001 Supersedes X510-5DSD dated January 1999 SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING - Failure to follow these instructions could affect vehicle performance

More information

TROUBLESHOOTING SPECIAL TOOL ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT

TROUBLESHOOTING SPECIAL TOOL ASSEMBLY AND ADJUSTMENT 1 INDEX Models FD, FE, FF and SG REAR AXLE 10-1 10-108E-07 CHAPTER 10 REAR AXLE Models FD, FE, FF and SG TROUBLESHOOTING...10-2 10 SPECIAL TOOL...10-3 WHEEL HUB AND RELATED PARTS DISASSEMBLY...10-7 INSPECTION...10-9

More information

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST LM700 INDEPENDENT REAR SUSPENSION WITH 653cc SUBARU ENGINE 800-643-7332 amsportworks.com NOTE: Some part numbers vary by serial number. The serial number is located on a brass tag beneath the dump bed

More information

IMPORTANT: Dana made

IMPORTANT: Dana made Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP-0057 - Models Designed BEFORE June 10, 2013 October 2013 D170, D170D, R170, R170D - Single Reduction - Tandem Axles D190, D190D, R190, R190D - Single Reduction

More information

TT6101 Rotary Tedder

TT6101 Rotary Tedder TT0 Rotary Tedder 0/0/0 Illustrated Parts Breakdown Page Chassis Assembly Page Page Transport Axle Assembly S/N - Transport Axle Assembly S/N + Page Page Page Page Page Transport Lock Assembly Lift Frame

More information

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Front Axle FSDP-09/10-S. Book No. 201 (12/2009)

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Front Axle FSDP-09/10-S. Book No. 201 (12/2009) SPARE PARTS BOOK Front Axle S Sisu Axles, Inc. Autotehtaantie 1 PO Box 189 FIN-13101 Hameenlinna Finland Phone +358 20 55 2999 Fax +358 20 55 2900 1.12.2009 1 Axle L577 10 8 9 12 1 13 11 "A" "B" 6 5 1

More information

1. General Description

1. General Description 1. General Description A: SPECIFICATIONS 1. Type Transmission gear ratio Front reduction gear Rear reduction gear 2. TRANSMISSION GEAR OIL Recommended oil Final Transfer 5-forward speeds with synchromesh

More information

Part # Mustang Coil-Over System

Part # Mustang Coil-Over System 350 S. St. Charles St. Jasper, In. 47546 Ph. 812.482.2932 Fax 812.634.6632 www.ridetech.com Front Components: 1 12093509 HQ Series Front Coil-Overs Part # 12090201 64-66 Mustang Coil-Over System 1 12099599

More information

X GM / Chevrolet Model 70 /267 Rear Axles for. C-30 DRW G-Van, SRW G-Van G-Van Extended G-300 K-30 P-30, P-300 R-30 V-30

X GM / Chevrolet Model 70 /267 Rear Axles for. C-30 DRW G-Van, SRW G-Van G-Van Extended G-300 K-30 P-30, P-300 R-30 V-30 GM / Chevrolet 1979-1994 Model 70 /267 Rear Axles for C-30 DRW G-Van, SRW G-Van G-Van Extended G-300 K-30 P-30, P-300 R-30 V-30 261 Exploded View 262 Parts Listing ITEM NO. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 (3)

More information

Part # Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package

Part # Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package 350 S. St. Charles St. Jasper, In. 47546 Ph. 812.482.2932 Fax 812.634.6632 www.ridetech.com Part # 12099599 64-66 Mustang Tru-Turn Suspension Package Front Components: 1 12093699 Upper Strong Arms 1 12092899

More information

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Rear Tandem Axle FRDP-13/16-S. Since No (11/2004) Book No. 292 (5/2009)

SPARE PARTS BOOK. Rear Tandem Axle FRDP-13/16-S. Since No (11/2004) Book No. 292 (5/2009) SPARE PARTS BOOK S Sisu Axles, Inc. Autotehtaantie 1 PO Box 189 FIN-13101 Hameenlinna Finland Phone +358 204 55 2999 Fax +358 204 55 2900 31.1.2012 1 Axle L870 2 1 11 12 12 5 12 10 12 3 9 6 4 7 15 13 14

More information

Model 306B H&J Transfer Case Service Manual

Model 306B H&J Transfer Case Service Manual Model 306B H&J Transfer Case Service Manual For innovation using today s technology in demanding situations call: Phone: (877) 327-2116 Fax: (586) 601-1904 e-mail: info@mixerandplantparts.com Mixer & Plant

More information

Circled numbers are Forward Axle Assembly parts. SUPPLEMENTAL DRAWING CARRIERS WITH INTERNAL A.B.S.

Circled numbers are Forward Axle Assembly parts. SUPPLEMENTAL DRAWING CARRIERS WITH INTERNAL A.B.S. Circled numbers are Forward Axle Assembly parts. SUPPLEMENTAL DRAWING CARRIERS WITH INTERNAL A.B.S. FIGURE 1 FORWARD CARRIERS OF TANDEM AXLES (USE WITH CHART 1) Circled numbers are diff. lock parts or

More information

Circle Track Merchandising Display

Circle Track Merchandising Display Part No: ALL070 Circle Track Includes 49 items selected for fast and frequent sales. Fits within a 4' x 4' area. Attractive packaging designs. Picture shown represents the recommended layout. Pegboard

More information

Listed below are updated Bills of Material (B/M) that are in the Dodge, X510-5DSD parts catalog. Please make the following changes to your catalog.

Listed below are updated Bills of Material (B/M) that are in the Dodge, X510-5DSD parts catalog. Please make the following changes to your catalog. DSD BILLS OF MATERIAL DODGE CATALOG CORRECTIONS DATE: December 15, 1997 AXL-PNI-40 PART NUMBER TO: All Spicer Light Axle Distributors Listed below are updated Bills of Material (B/M) that are in the Dodge,

More information

320 Series Models 325, 326, 327

320 Series Models 325, 326, 327 0 Series Models,, ROTARY MOWER Published 0/ PARTS MANUAL SECTION An Operator s Manual was shipped with the equipment. The Operator s Manual is an integral part of the safe operation of this machine and

More information

Pony V Page 1 of 24 Battery Mounting Bracket

Pony V Page 1 of 24 Battery Mounting Bracket 5151 Pony V Page 1 of 24 Battery Mounting Bracket 5151 Pony V Page 2 of 24 Battery Mounting Bracket 2 9296 2 CABLE- battery (replaces #9223) 4 9224 1 CLIP- vent tube shield (small) 6 9826 2 NUT- hex, 5/16"-24

More information

Iron GEN III - Technical Notes

Iron GEN III - Technical Notes DART Iron GEN III - Technical Notes Deck Height... 9.240" Bore... 4.000 & 4.125 Main Bearing Size... LS-1 (2.558" 2.559") Weight... 227lbs Largest Recommended Bore..... 4.185" Largest Recommended Crank

More information

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR DYNALITE PRO SERIES FRONT HUB KIT WITH.75 DIAMETER VENTED ROTOR 970-973 FORD MUSTANG (DRUM / DISC SPINDLE) PART NUMBER GROUP 0-905 WARNING INSTALLATION OF THIS KIT SHOULD ONLY

More information

Darrah Motorsports New and Used Parts Sale For Pricing & Availablity: Steve or Call M-F 8am-5pm

Darrah Motorsports New and Used Parts Sale For Pricing & Availablity:  Steve or Call M-F 8am-5pm Complete Roller 2008 Std Cage BigMax Maxim Chassis, 2009 Winters Outlaw V8 Rear, Red Devil Titanium Brakes, Kramer Kraft Front Axle Assembly w/ Winters Components, KSE Gen2 Steering, ATL Fuel Cell w/ Waterman

More information

DD - is located in Mt. Ulla, North Carolina, just outside Mooresville, Race City USA.

DD - is located in Mt. Ulla, North Carolina, just outside Mooresville, Race City USA. At Tiger Quick Change, we have combined years of ex perience and cutting edge technology to design the highest quality strength to weight ratio rear end possible. The design engineers worked with major

More information

Mfg. No: P216020KWV, 21" 6 TP Steel Deck Series

Mfg. No: P216020KWV, 21 6 TP Steel Deck Series Parts Manual Mfg. No: 7800557 P216020KWV, 21" 6 TP Steel Deck Series Copyright Briggs and Stratton. All Rights reserved 28-Sep-2018 Model Components Table Of Contents Page Accessory Recycling Kits..............................................................................

More information

BUSH HOG LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS MANUAL MODEL: TD-1100 SECTION: 66

BUSH HOG LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS MANUAL MODEL: TD-1100 SECTION: 66 BUSH HOG LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR S MANUAL MODEL: TD-00 SECTION: 0 Griffin Ave. Selma, AL 0 () - () -00 Parts Ordering -00-0- Fax -00-- www.bushhog.com BUSH HOG/ LAND MAINTENANCE REPAIR S MANUAL JUNE, 00

More information

INSTALLATION AND PARTS MANUAL

INSTALLATION AND PARTS MANUAL INSTALLATION AND PARTS MANUAL FOR JOHN DEERE PS TRACTORS NOTE: This manual covers mounting and control group installation, and parts specific to this winch on the specified tractor. For all other winch

More information

Heat treated and black oxide finish For use in hydraulic lifter applications with less than 400 lbs. open spring pressure and under 7500 rpm

Heat treated and black oxide finish For use in hydraulic lifter applications with less than 400 lbs. open spring pressure and under 7500 rpm PUSHRODS Small Block Chevrolet Swedged End Pushrods.080 Wall 1010 Steel Heat treated and black oxide finish For use in hydraulic lifter applications with less than 400 lbs. open spring pressure and under

More information

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUPERLITE 6R PRO SERIES FRONT HUB KIT WITH DIAMETER VENTED ROTOR GENERAL MOTORS G BODY DISC SPINDLE

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUPERLITE 6R PRO SERIES FRONT HUB KIT WITH DIAMETER VENTED ROTOR GENERAL MOTORS G BODY DISC SPINDLE ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUPERLITE 6R PRO SERIES FRONT HUB KIT WITH 1.88 DIAMETER VENTED ROTOR 1980-1987 GENERAL MOTORS G BODY DISC SPINDLE PART NUMBER GROUP 10-198 DISC BRAKES SHOULD ONLY BE INSTALLED

More information

Appendix D Outline Dimensions

Appendix D Outline Dimensions Appendix D Outline Dimensions Model D81 Bare with Flywheel Suction valve unloaders (optional) 5-1/2" (13.) 5-1/2" (13.) 1/4" NPT drain Inlet 2" Weld flange Inlet pressure guage Outlet pressure gauge Outlet

More information

PARTS LIST AND SERVICE MANUAL

PARTS LIST AND SERVICE MANUAL CD40 SERIES PTO PARTS LIST AND SERVICE MANUAL HEAVY DUTY, CONSTANT DRIVE PTO FOR THE ALLISON WORLD TRANSMISSION CD40 SERIES CONSTANT DRIVE PTO EXPLODED VIEW CD40 COVER DETAIL (Backside) PTO ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENTS

More information

REAR AXLE Click on the applicable bookmark to selected the required model year

REAR AXLE Click on the applicable bookmark to selected the required model year REAR AXLE 27-2 REAR AXLE General Information GENERAL INFORMATION 27100010118 The rear axle is a banjo-type semi-floating type. The axle shaft bearings are: *Single taper bearings for vehicles without

More information

TH400 (3L80), 375, 3L80-HD(475) RWD 3 SPEED Toll Free: Click here to visit our website Page 1

TH400 (3L80), 375, 3L80-HD(475) RWD 3 SPEED Toll Free: Click here to visit our website Page 1 TH400 (3L80), 375, 3L80-HD(475) RWD 3 SPEED Page 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Forward Clutch Drum 20 21 22 23 24 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Direct Clutch Drum 38 39

More information

Inspection and Verification, Ranger

Inspection and Verification, Ranger file://c:\tso\tsocache\vdtom_5368\svk~us~en~file=svk53a03.htm~gen~ref.htm Page 1 of 1 Section 05-03A: Wheel Hubs and Bearings, Front Wheels, 4- Wheel Drive DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING 1997 Ranger 4x4 with Dana

More information

Models 820 and 840 2

Models 820 and 840 2 Models 820 and 840 2 Models 820 and 840 1 783-0250 Hood 2 738-0952 Shld. Bolt.375" Dia. x.5" 3 736-0175 Spr. Washer.265" I.D. x.562" OD 4 710-0751 Hex Bolt 1/4-20 x.62" * 6 7-0271 Hex Sems Nut 1/4-20 Thd.

More information

Skirted GEN III - Technical Notes

Skirted GEN III - Technical Notes DART Skirted GEN III - Technical Notes Deck Height... 9.240-9.450 STD or Raised cam, 9.750 9.950 Raised cam only Bore... 4.000 & 4.125 Main Bearing Size... LS-1 (2.558" 2.559") Weight... 115lbs 4.125 and

More information

Model Series 660 & 670

Model Series 660 & 670 Model Series 0 & 0 Part. -0A Harness Assembly. -0 Hex TT-Tap Scr. /-0 x. Lg.. -0 Hex Bolt /-0 x. Lg.. -00 Hex Bolt /- x. Lg.. -0 Speed Nut /-0 Thd.. -00A Flange L-Nut /- Thd.. -00 Hex Nut /-0 Thd.. -0

More information

LIFT TRUCK SERIES: G35S-2 G40S-2 G45S-2 G40SC-2 G45SC-2 G50SC-2. November 15, 2000 CODE 3150 LT3150-L0 SUBJECT: NEW DRIVE AXLE

LIFT TRUCK SERIES: G35S-2 G40S-2 G45S-2 G40SC-2 G45SC-2 G50SC-2. November 15, 2000 CODE 3150 LT3150-L0 SUBJECT: NEW DRIVE AXLE LIFT TRUCK SERIES: G35S-2 G40S-2 G45S-2 G40SC-2 G45SC-2 G50SC-2 November 15, 2000 CODE 3150 LT3150-L0 SUBJECT: NEW DRIVE AXLE A new drive axle has been introduced in the above model lift trucks. The purpose

More information

Part # Mustang Air Suspension System

Part # Mustang Air Suspension System 350 S. St. Charles St. Jasper, In. 47546 Ph. 812.482.2932 Fax 812.634.6632 www.ridetech.com Front Components: Part # 12090298 64-66 Mustang Air Suspension System 1 12093001 HQ Series Front Shockwaves 1

More information

Illustrated Parts List

Illustrated Parts List Spicer Drive Axles Illustrated Parts List AXIP-0055 May 2014 S130, S132 Model Table of Contents Table of Contents General Information...2 How To Use Illustrated Parts List...2 Model Identification...3

More information

DIFFERENTIAL. OL = Overall Length

DIFFERENTIAL. OL = Overall Length 3 Rear Axle Shafts Blazer 3- Jimmy 3-34-4 REAR AXLE SHAFT -/ GEAR WD BLZ JIM 3- ().44 4. 34- REAR AXLE SHAFT -/ GEAR WD BLZ JIM - () 4.4. 34- REAR AXLE SHAFT -/ GEAR 4WD BLZ JIM 3- ().44 4. 34- REAR AXLE

More information

Flexplate Conversion Installation Instructions

Flexplate Conversion Installation Instructions Flexplate Conversion Installation Instructions For all Wagner units using Clark 8000 torque converter. Use the following instructions for modifying your ring gear torque converter to a fl explate torque

More information

TRANSMISSIONS MANUAL

TRANSMISSIONS MANUAL DMR-5023 Stick shift pilot bearing. Knurled for sure fit, self aligning for perfect fit and smooth running and shift. Fits ant GM manual stick transmission crank. Allows GM transmission in Ford cars. DMR-5022

More information

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST LMC4 CREW CAB WITH 653cc SUBARU ENGINE 800-643-7332 amsportworks.com NOTE: Some part numbers vary by serial number. The serial number is located on a brass tag beneath the dump bed on the driver side.

More information

PARTS CATALOG ODYSSEY INCLUDES MOWER

PARTS CATALOG ODYSSEY INCLUDES MOWER PARTS CATALOG 8-3350 ODYSSEY INCLUDES MOWER INDEX PAINT ENGINES GENERAL INFO PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (P.I.N.) OR SERIAL NUMBERS (S/N) ENGINE MODEL, SERIAL AND SPECIFICATION NUMBERS TRACTOR MODEL

More information

Mopar 8 3/4 & 9 3/4 (Dana) Installation Instructions Rear Disc Conversion

Mopar 8 3/4 & 9 3/4 (Dana) Installation Instructions Rear Disc Conversion Mopar 8 3/4 & 9 3/4 (Dana) Installation Instructions Rear Disc Conversion This kit is for either Mopar 8 ¾ or Mopar 9 ¾ (Dana). This kit is designed to work with axles with either GM 5 x 4.75 Bolt Pattern

More information